WO2012037874A1 - Single-hand-operated "chorded keypad" information input method and device - Google Patents

Single-hand-operated "chorded keypad" information input method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012037874A1
WO2012037874A1 PCT/CN2011/079882 CN2011079882W WO2012037874A1 WO 2012037874 A1 WO2012037874 A1 WO 2012037874A1 CN 2011079882 W CN2011079882 W CN 2011079882W WO 2012037874 A1 WO2012037874 A1 WO 2012037874A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
key
keyboard
button
hand
hinge
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2011/079882
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王光达
Original Assignee
Wang Guangda
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Wang Guangda filed Critical Wang Guangda
Publication of WO2012037874A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012037874A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/02Input arrangements using manually operated switches, e.g. using keyboards or dials
    • G06F3/023Arrangements for converting discrete items of information into a coded form, e.g. arrangements for interpreting keyboard generated codes as alphanumeric codes, operand codes or instruction codes
    • G06F3/0233Character input methods
    • G06F3/0235Character input methods using chord techniques
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1662Details related to the integrated keyboard
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1662Details related to the integrated keyboard
    • G06F1/1666Arrangements for reducing the size of the integrated keyboard for transport, e.g. foldable keyboards, keyboards with collapsible keys
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1662Details related to the integrated keyboard
    • G06F1/1671Special purpose buttons or auxiliary keyboards, e.g. retractable mini keypads, keypads or buttons that remain accessible at closed laptop
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/02Input arrangements using manually operated switches, e.g. using keyboards or dials
    • G06F3/0202Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the input device
    • G06F3/0219Special purpose keyboards
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/02Input arrangements using manually operated switches, e.g. using keyboards or dials
    • G06F3/0202Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the input device
    • G06F3/0221Arrangements for reducing keyboard size for transport or storage, e.g. foldable keyboards, keyboards with collapsible keys
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/23Construction or mounting of dials or of equivalent devices; Means for facilitating the use thereof
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • H04M1/72409User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0208Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
    • H04M1/0214Foldable telephones, i.e. with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0208Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
    • H04M1/0225Rotatable telephones, i.e. the body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis perpendicular to the plane they define in closed position
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0208Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
    • H04M1/0235Slidable or telescopic telephones, i.e. with a relative translation movement of the body parts; Telephones using a combination of translation and other relative motions of the body parts
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • H04M1/72409User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories
    • H04M1/72412User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories using two-way short-range wireless interfaces
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2250/00Details of telephonic subscriber devices
    • H04M2250/22Details of telephonic subscriber devices including a touch pad, a touch sensor or a touch detector
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2250/00Details of telephonic subscriber devices
    • H04M2250/70Details of telephonic subscriber devices methods for entering alphabetical characters, e.g. multi-tap or dictionary disambiguation

Definitions

  • the invention relates to a method and a device for inputting information of a "chord keypad" with one hand, which can be widely applied to mobile phones, smart phones, mobile computers, MIDs, smartbooks, mobile internet terminals, cloud computing terminals, SaaS terminals, Internet of Things.
  • Handheld electronic devices such as terminals, electronic dictionaries, and handheld game consoles can also be used for mobile devices such as in-vehicle, airborne, and shipboard. They can also be used as keyboards for embedded devices such as various instruments and industrial equipment in various industries, or as External keyboard, mouse with keyboard, remote control, password input device, access control and other input devices. Background technique
  • the keyboard is an essential human-computer interaction input device for electronic products such as computers, laptops, mobile phones, etc., along with people's work and life, always keep in close contact with people.
  • the same button has multiple characters, you must press the button multiple times to enter a character, usually only 8-20WPM (words per minute) input speed, cumbersome operation, low efficiency; although the input speed of the full keyboard phone is slightly It is better than 12 digital key mobile phones, but its small and narrow keys are squeezed together, easy to touch the keys, can't be blindly hit, still can't reach the ideal input speed, can't achieve the same ease and quickness as tapping the computer keyboard; The virtual keyboard input speed of iPhone and other mobile phones is slower than the full keyboard mobile phone, and loses The error rate is a lot; at the same time, just use the thumb-operated keyboard is one of the important reasons for existing mobile phone input speed is slow. In short, the existing mobile phone keyboard lags far behind the development speed of handheld devices, and has become the input bottleneck of mobile terminals, far from satisfying people's demand for mobile life.
  • 8-20WPM words per minute
  • the existing computer PC keyboard has many functions and fast input, and has ten times the input speed of the mobile phone keyboard, the number of buttons is too large and bulky, even if the laptop NB keyboard is too large, it must be in a fixed place where the place is placed. It can only be operated under relatively static conditions. It is limited by the use situation and cannot be used as a seamless and smooth access, anytime, anywhere role.
  • the existing QWERT keyboard is not ergonomic, and has many drawbacks.
  • the wrists are forced to twist inward and downward, keep upturned and keep on Stretching the keyboard to hit the keyboard, but also to bow down, lean forward, body and arms to maintain a fixed rigid posture, in order to ensure fast and accurate input, so that people are locked in the front seat of the computer, easy to cause hands Muscle tension, generally damages the palms, wrists, cervical vertebrae, shoulders, causing people's body Injury, long-term use of this keyboard for a long time is prone to keyboard, wrist syndrome, cervical spondylosis, myopia, spinal nerve injury, bone hyperplasia and cumulative musculoskeletal injuries in the neck and waist. Once the pain occurs, It is very difficult to recover.
  • QWERT keyboard + mouse is the most commonly used combination of control computers. It takes up a lot of space and can't effectively use the office table area. It also needs frequent conversion between keyboard and mouse, which affects work efficiency and increases fatigue.
  • the existing mobile phone Chinese character input method attempts to improve the mobile input speed on the currently defective mobile phone keyboard, but cannot fundamentally solve the problem of the mobile input speed. This kind of effort is obviously futile.
  • the existing electronic safes, access control, bank counters, shopping card swipe machines, bank ATM machines, account ciphers, etc. are all tens of digits of 0-9 input, with few symbols and poor confidentiality, in particular, Multi-digit passwords are not easy to remember. Many people use simple passwords such as 888888, 123456 or 654321 or passwords based on their birthday date. Once the bank card using this password is lost, the password is easily cracked, resulting in financial losses. There are many kinds of incidents. At the same time, when using mobile devices to run office software or perform mobile accounting, you must enter multiple passwords to ensure security, and must be replaced regularly. It is a great burden for the operator. No wonder someone nicknamed himself. Code slave", this situation needs to be resolved.
  • Multi-finger touch technology for smartphones and tablets such as iPhones and iPads can be used to slide, zoom, rotate, drag, switch windows, flip pages, etc. on the touch screen, enabling people to enter the Internet mobile browsing era webl.O,
  • its text input like other mobile phones or smart mobile terminals, uses the QWERT virtual keyboard or keypad or handwriting stage. There is no satisfactory input mode, even if the input URL is very troublesome; the tablet such as iPad is returned. It is not convenient to carry out the mobile interactive web2.0 of the Internet to the stop operation stage of the NB computer. It is the root cause of the mobile Internet without the killer application and the large-scale application.
  • Twitter, ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , and other websites use the existing inconvenient and defective mobile phone keyboard to realize the mobile interaction in the mobile Internet era...
  • Weibo grasp the first time information in the circle of friends and SNS, The freshness, immediacy of the news, always think of, write anywhere, immediately sent, is the primary attempt of mobile interaction, is also the embodiment of the existing mobile text input level, the existing mobile input speed is far from the user's expectation, only mobile The input user interface has been successful, and the Internet can enter the era of mobile interaction and be applied on a large scale.
  • Mobile interaction or mobile input refers to the operator's actions such as character input or function input during the movement, especially during walking. Summary of the invention
  • chord keyboard of the invention overcomes the defects of the mobile phone keyboard and the computer keyboard, and also absorbs the advantages of both, has the advantages of small size, large single button, full function, fast input, complete labeling, clear indication, comfortable operation and good health.
  • One-button multi-purpose suitable for blind typing and in line with the current computer keyboard operating habits and suitable for all kinds of text input in the world, even in the movement of walking can quickly input features, can realize mobile input or Internet mobile interaction, very suitable for device miniaturization , mobile, practical, comfortable, healthy, and focused on the future of the user experience.
  • the technical solution adopted by the present invention is: providing a method for directly inputting a "chord keypad” input information, re-encoding and designing a software program based on "three columns and four rows of twelve-key telephone numeric keypad", including the following steps :
  • a one-handed, mobile "chord keypad” is also provided, which is characterized by:
  • the one-handed keyboard includes a right-handed or left-handed control, and the right (left) one-handed keyboard has an auxiliary function keypad including Shift, Fn, Sym under the bottom edge of the 12-key 3 x 4 telephone numeric keypad button 0. ;
  • Set button * (#) has Space function, the button * (#) is "inverted L" type or rectangular, the top edge is flush with the top edge of button 0, the bottom edge and the auxiliary The bottom edge of the function keypad is flush, and the lower extension of the bottom edge of the button 0 wraps the auxiliary function keypad from the left (right) side.
  • the invention fully describes the all-round mobile one-hand chord keypad, specifically the composition of the right-hand keyboard, the left-hand keyboard and the hand-mixed keyboard, the key definition, the mark, the structure and the operation thereof, the application of the Chinese character five strokes and the pinyin input method,
  • the device having the keyboard in particular the single or multiple hinge structures of the handheld device and its transformation, accommodates the various uses of the keyboard, as well as the various applications of its handheld device.
  • the keyboard of the present invention is evolved from the existing 3X4 square matrix 12-key telephone keyboard shown in FIG. 1, that is, around the 12-key telephone keyboard, especially on the lower side of the 12-key telephone keyboard, including Fn. Accessibility key.
  • the one-hand chord key (also known as the combination key) is used to control the 12-digit telephone keyboard, that is, the middle finger, the index finger and the ring finger of one hand are respectively responsible for one column of the 3X4 keyboard matrix, wherein the middle finger controls the middle button 2580, the index finger And the ring finger respectively control the two side column buttons 147* and 369# of the 3X4 keyboard square matrix, the thumb controls a number of auxiliary buttons and space bar, each finger can only press one button in the specified range at a time, and the control mode has six keys.
  • Bit combination single-click, double-click, triple-click, auxiliary key + single-click, auxiliary key + double-key, auxiliary key + triple-key strike; double-click, triple-key Simultaneous hitting means that two or three fingers simultaneously press the corresponding buttons, and the keyboard outputs a key code, called a chord key, which can also be called a combination key.
  • This 3X4 square matrix can realize 122 effective single keys and combinations. Keys of the (chord) key, 12 clicks with one click, 46 combinations of double keys, and 64 combinations of three keys.
  • the 3X3 square matrix composed of the numeric keys 1-9, 9 single-key lists Corresponding to the most The 9 English letters 0, ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , I, S, R, the double key (pile key) combination between the 18 adjacent columns correspond to the remaining 17 English letters and one symbol, respectively.
  • the combination of 9 non-adjacent columns (non-pile keys) corresponds to the 9 functions of the QWERT keyboard.
  • buttons * and or # are very special, respectively corresponding to the commonly used space bar "Space" by one-handed Thumb control;
  • the number key 0123456789 corresponds to the number 0123456789
  • the number key 1-9 constitutes the 3X3 square matrix
  • 18 pile key double key combination corresponds to F1-F12 and 6 function keys respectively
  • 9 non-adjacent The double key (non-pile key) combination between columns corresponds to 9 function keys or function selection keys.
  • the single key and the pile key double key combination respectively correspond to 26 English uppercase letters and one symbol; in the Sym state, the numbers 0-9 single key and 27 double key combinations respectively correspond to 37 symbols; Ctrl or In the Alt state, the corresponding function can be realized by tapping the letter or the function key, and the chord keyboard thus completely replaces all the characters and functions of the existing QWERT keyboard.
  • the keyboard can also use the pinyin input method and the five-stroke input method to realize Chinese character input.
  • Pinyin input is divided into two methods: one key position corresponding to one pinyin letter and one key position corresponding to two pinyin letters. It is customary to use, needless to say; the latter is called one-key two-tone pinyin input method, which is to add a pinyin vowel to the 26 English letters and the keys of the "," symbol, so that one key is separately Corresponding to an initial and a final or two finals, the number of keystrokes can be greatly reduced, and the fast input of Chinese characters can be realized.
  • the 5-digit 5-character input method of the 5-zone is very compatible with the keyboard.
  • the keys are arranged according to the characteristics of horizontal and vertical, left-right and right-handed, and there is no need to memorize the keys at all, especially the Chinese characters and the five strokes of each area.
  • the key position corresponds to the corresponding double key and the fingering method is arranged.
  • the arrangement is regular, the image is easy to remember, and the input is easy to use.
  • the button marking method adopts single bottom color or double bottom color + two-color font, each digital key marking area is divided into three zones horizontally, the middle zone marked single key output, and the left zone and the right zone mark the vertical key corresponding double key double-click combination , and the pile key combination is centered, and the non-pile key combination is marked on the side, so that the intricate combination (chord) key position of each key relationship is clearly, accurately and completely marked, and the finger can be guided to correctly manipulate the keyboard.
  • the two-sided column button is added to the tail of the key or the middle column button and the inner side of the two-sided button is inclined with a humanized design of "V" or "U” type, which makes the finger manipulation more smooth;
  • the button 5 and the auxiliary function key Shift each have a convex positioning mark, and when the finger is blindly hit, the finger can touch the bump to locate;
  • the keyboard key surface is inclined outward at an angle of 0-90°
  • the tail of the keyboard is oriented toward the root of the hand arm
  • the palm of the hand is oriented toward the key surface
  • the finger taps The keyboard performs input, and the position and the tilt angle of the keyboard just meet the vertical operation hand, the operation hand is in a half-hold state, and the palm is inward.
  • the palm, the wrist, the forearm, and the shoulder are not twisted. It is also very comfortable, and it can be changed to a proper posture. There is no feeling of fatigue for a long time.
  • the keyboard can also be integrated with the handheld device through at least one hinge, and becomes a palm-shaped deformed mobile device, which has various styles to adapt to different operations of the mobile phone, the game and the chord keyboard, and is convenient and quick to open and close under the wireless network coverage. Realize seamless and seamless access anytime, anywhere, no restrictions, whether at home or in the office, sitting, lying, lying, walking, even on bumpy rides, boats, planes,
  • the keyboard is used to easily and quickly and blindly input, which is a multi-functional, multi-purpose operation with excellent user control experience.
  • the comfortable and fast mobile input of the keyboard can open the door to the mobile life
  • the wireless handheld electronic device with the keyboard such as a mobile phone or a handheld computer
  • the wireless handheld electronic device with the keyboard can be quickly and blindly input at any time and any place to realize mobile instant communication.
  • a variety of mobile input or mobile interactions transform existing laptop or desktop computers into relatively static motion operations without any restrictions.
  • the keyboard has a small size, usually occupying a size of 60 ⁇ 60 mm, but the chord (combination) key with 12 numeric keys plus 3 to 5 auxiliary keys completely replaces all the characters and functions of the QWERT 102 keyboard, and is fully marked.
  • Clear logical relationship easy to remember, easy to use, can be blindly played, large buttons, about 19X12mm size, fast and accurate input, can be used anytime, anywhere, and has a user-friendly design, comfortable and convenient to use.
  • a mobile interactive terminal platform where the existing laptop or desktop computer is in a static mode to enable a relatively fixed web 2.0 network interaction to be converted into a wireless handheld electronic device such as a mobile phone or a mobile computer having the keyboard.
  • the mobile interactive web2.0 of mobile internet is used in walking mobile mode, and the input speed is comparable to that of laptop or desktop keyboard. It is far superior to the existing mobile phone keyboard, and the operating comfort is more than the existing mobile phone or computer, and the first mobile blind hit.
  • numerous killer applications can be implemented and applied on a large scale in the mobile Internet;
  • the handheld device with the keyboard can be used as unified communication, cloud computing, Internet of Things, Internet, Saas and other mobile control terminals, Perform various complicated wireless interactive control or remote control operations while moving;
  • the fragmentation time when moving is no longer boring, handheld devices with mobile keyboard can achieve continuous uninterrupted, anytime, anywhere input or network interaction, in some non-fixed places or bursts In the case, it can be handled calmly, greatly improving the mobility, mobility, flexibility, efficiency, real-time, convenience, and presence of the mobile terminal;
  • Initiating the era of information mobile input, whether indoors, outdoors or on the car, seamless and smooth access, devices with the keyboard can be used in office, shopping, dating, travel, entertainment, games, smart home, distance education, medical Business, ERP, logistics and many other applications, and a wide range of applications, enabling people to enter the era of information and mobile input, transforming staying work and lifestyle into mobile work and lifestyle, and the application prospects are extremely broad.
  • the keyboard can be used for mobile phones, mobile computers, keyboard and mouse, touchpads + keyboards, and can also be used for related electronic products and equipment such as password input devices, virtual keyboards, text input machines and remote controls, and will enter people's daily work from various aspects. And in life, changing their lives and working methods while improving efficiency and improving people's physical condition and quality of life.
  • Figure 2 The right hand one-handed chord in the first embodiment of the English all-round mobile keypad
  • FIG. 3 Schematic diagram of the right hand control of the Chinese and English all-round mobile chord keypad
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the keyboard labeling method
  • Figure 7 shows the keystrokes of the five characters of the keyboard Chinese characters
  • Figure 8 is a structural diagram of the keyboard of the first embodiment
  • Figure 9 shows the "U" type concave A-A' section of the keyboard button
  • Figure 10 is a schematic view of the first embodiment of the operator manipulating the keyboard with one hand and one hand
  • Figure 11 is a schematic view of the second embodiment when the upper and lower casings are folded
  • Figure 12 is a schematic view of the second embodiment when the touch panel slides along the sliding hinge B
  • Figure 13 is a schematic view of the third embodiment when the upper and lower casings are folded
  • Figure 14 is a schematic view of the third embodiment when the touch panel is rotated 90° around the hinge C and unscrewed
  • Figure 15 is a schematic view of the back of the keyboard folding handheld tablet computer of the fourth embodiment
  • Figure 16 is a schematic view of the keyboard of the fourth embodiment after the hinge A1 is turned over by 90°.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic view of the operator operating the left hand and the right hand manipulating the keyboard in the fourth embodiment
  • Figure 19 is a schematic view showing a grip type mouse having the keyboard of the fifth embodiment
  • Figure 20 The fifth embodiment of the left hand one-handed chord all-round mobile keypad
  • Figure 21 is a side view of the sixth embodiment having the keyboard barcode scanner
  • Figure 22 is a schematic view showing the back side of the keyboard barcode scanner of the sixth embodiment
  • Figure 23 is a schematic view of a seventh embodiment of the mouse having the keyboard
  • Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of a bank ATM machine password input device having the keyboard of the eighth embodiment
  • Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of a ninth embodiment of an interactive touch screen tablet having the virtual keyboard
  • Figure 26 is a schematic view of a tenth embodiment of the mobile phone having the hand mixed keyboard and flip hinge A2
  • Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of the flip-flop of the keyboard around the hinge A2 according to the tenth embodiment
  • Figure 28 is a schematic view of the keyboard of the tenth embodiment when the keyboard is turned clockwise by 90° around the hinge A2, and the operator controls the keyboard by the left hand and the right hand.
  • FIG. 29 Schematic diagram of the eleventh embodiment when the double flip phone is folded
  • Figure 30 is a schematic view of the elliptical embodiment of the eleventh embodiment when the keyboard is flipped by 180° around the hinge A1.
  • Figure 31 The eleventh embodiment of the hand mixed keyboard
  • Figure 32 is a schematic diagram of the flipping of the keyboard around the hinge A2 according to the eleventh embodiment
  • Figure 33 Schematic diagram of the twelfth embodiment when the double flip phone is folded
  • Figure 34 is a schematic view of the keyboard according to the twelfth embodiment when the keyboard is flipped by 180° around the hinge A1.
  • Figure 36 The keyboard of the twelfth embodiment is rotated about the hinge A2 by 90° and then revolved around the hinge A1.
  • Figure 37 Schematic diagram of the structure of the hand mixed keyboard according to the twelfth embodiment
  • Figure 38 Schematic diagram of the hand mixed keyboard according to the twelfth embodiment
  • Figure 39 Schematic diagram of the double flip mobile phone of the thirteenth embodiment
  • Fig. 40 is a schematic view of the keyboard according to the thirteenth embodiment, when the hinge A1 is turned over by 90° and then revolved around the hinge A2.
  • Fig. 41 is a schematic view of the keyboard of the thirteenth embodiment when the hinge is flipped by 180° -270°
  • Figure 42 Schematic diagram of the double flip phone of the fourteenth embodiment
  • Figure 43 is a schematic view of the keyboard of the fourteenth embodiment when the keyboard is turned by 90° around the hinge A1.
  • Figure 44 is a schematic view of the fourteenth embodiment when the mobile phone is flipped by 180° and the display screen is turned around the hinge A2.
  • Figure 45 is a schematic view of the game operation performed when the keyboard of the fourteenth embodiment is turned 180° around the hinge A1.
  • Figure 47 is a schematic view showing the back and front faces of the mobile phone with the swing hinge C of the fifteenth embodiment
  • Figure 48 In a fifteenth embodiment, the back of the mobile phone is facing up, the keyboard 10 is turned around the flip hinge A2 and the outer casing is rotated around the revolving hinge C.
  • the outer casing 20 of the fifteenth embodiment rotates around the swing hinge C to the state h, the operator is at the j position, and the tail of the keyboard faces the operator and is in the state of 02.
  • FIG. 50 Schematic diagram of the keyboard wraparound hinge C rotation according to the fifteenth embodiment
  • Figure 51 In a sixteenth embodiment, the back of the mobile phone is facing up, and the keyboard 10 is rotated around the swing hinge C and turned around the flip hinge A1.
  • Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of the rotation of the keyboard around the swing hinge C according to the sixteenth embodiment
  • Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of a mobile phone, a handheld device, and a hand-operated keyboard
  • FIG. 54 Schematic diagram of the eighteenth embodiment of the handheld tablet
  • Figure 55 is a schematic view of the hand-held tablet computer when the keyboard slides out and flips
  • Figure 56 The nineteenth embodiment of the handheld camera opens the display screen and the keyboard
  • Figure 57 is a schematic view showing the combination of the detachable keyboard and the mobile phone according to the twentieth embodiment
  • Figure 58 is a schematic view of a slidable pallet having the keyboard under the office table of the twenty-first embodiment
  • Figure 59 is a schematic view of the keyboard of the present invention.
  • the detailed description of the well-known functions and constructions of the present invention is omitted in the following description of the present invention to avoid obscuring the subject matter of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 it is a right-handed, one-handed computer keyboard 10 of the present invention, which has a flat rectangular shape, and has a lower button* (111), a button 0 (121), and a button # (131) in its 12-key 3X4 keyboard.
  • auxiliary function keypad 140 including Shift ( 141 ), Sym ( 143 ) and Fn ( 142 ) arranged in order from left to right, and the button Fn ( 142) is located at the center of the keyboard, and the button Shift ( 141 ) is on the far left side, Sym ( 143) is between button Fn ( 142) and button Shift ( 141 ), the top edge of button * ( 111 ) is flush with the top edge of button 0, and the bottom edge is The bottom edge of the auxiliary function keypad is flush and is "inverted L" type, and the auxiliary function keypad 140 is wrapped by the button * ( 111 ) from the left side of the bottom edge of the button 0, that is, The button * ( 111 ) is very close to the auxiliary function keypad; the keyboard also has a bidirectional switch 151, which can realize the Ctrl or Alt function, and is controlled by the thumb holding the keyboard with one hand, so as to realize various auxiliary key combination functions; The upper part has a bidirectional switch
  • the keyboard 10 is operated with one hand and the right hand, and the Shift, Fn, and Sym of the keypad button 140 are controlled by the right thumb F1; the index finger F2 of the right hand controls a row of buttons 1, 4, 7, on the left side of the keyboard. *, the right hand ring finger F4 controls the right side of the keyboard, a row of buttons 3, 6, 9, #, the middle finger F3 controls the keyboard column keys 2, 5, 8, 0, the right hand thumb 21 also controls the button *; each finger each time Only one button within the specified range can be pressed.
  • auxiliary button + one-click auxiliary button + double button
  • auxiliary button + three button Double-click and three-button hitting means that two or three fingers simultaneously press the corresponding buttons, and the keyboard outputs a key code, which is called a combination key, which can also be called a chord key, and the operation of the auxiliary key and the current computer.
  • a combination key which can also be called a chord key
  • the operation of the keyboard is the same, that is, the auxiliary key is not pressed first, then the single key or multi-key combination is pressed, and the keyboard outputs a key code accordingly.
  • the middle column of the designated number key 2580 is the pile key column, and the characters or functions corresponding to the combination (chord) of each key and key are respectively as follows, the number 0123456789*# is a key or a key combination, and the corresponding output is enclosed in the bracket "()" Character or function:
  • the double-key combination between adjacent columns is combined into a character
  • the non-adjacent column (non-pile key) double-key combination is combined as a function; corresponding to the right-hand keyboard described in this embodiment, * 6 (LR left and right hand keyboard conversion keys) is invalid; In the Shift state, click the button to convert the output to uppercase or uppercase symbols.
  • Pile key double key combination output is converted to uppercase or upper gear
  • this embodiment uses a version with a keypad.
  • Alt+* language / input method switch button
  • Crtl state Crtl+ letter, Crtl+ function, Crtl (side bond) + Fn function
  • Crtl (side key) Alt+ letter, Crtl (side key) + Alt+ function, Crtl (side key) + Shift+ letter, Crtl (side Key) +Shift+ function, Crtl (side key) + Alt (side key) +Shift+letter, Crtl (side key) +Alt (side key) +Shift+ function, Crtl (side key) +Alt (side key) The corresponding function output of the +Fn function;
  • chord key of the 17 keys of the chord keyboard of the embodiment all replaces all the English letters, all symbols and all functions of the QWERT 102 keyboard, and also adds symbols and functions, but only uses less Half of the combined keys still have the potential to be available.
  • the key position of the keyboard is very regular, and it is easy to form an associated memory.
  • the single-key letter of the pile key 2 is a circular 0, and all the letters 21 (D), 24 (C) of the double-key combination of the key pile key, 27 (J), 23 (P), 26 (B), 29 (Q) all have a circular arc shape, and the single-key letters of the pile keys 5 and 8 are linear, 11, and their key piles are double-keyed.
  • the keyboard also has an original labeling method to further reduce the learning burden of beginners, see Figure 4, each 12 number
  • the key mark area of the word key is divided into three sections: middle area, left area and right area.
  • the middle area of the button is used to indicate the character output when the key is clicked, and the left area and the right area are used to indicate that the key is involved.
  • the double button double-clicks the combined output character; at the same time, the button mark is divided into two background parts: color four (S4) background color and color five (S5) background color, and color four (S4) background color portion is used to mark no auxiliary button.
  • Color four (S4) font mark Fn state single click on the corresponding number, symbol; the left and right areas of the number key are arranged from top to bottom of 3 groups or 3 characters, respectively used to mark the key
  • the upper and lower positions of the right area correspond to the upper and lower positions of the column indicating the double key that constitutes the character, that is, the character of the left area or the right area has three meanings.
  • the output of the double key combination between the two indicates that the character is the output of the double key combination in which the key is involved.
  • the character corresponding to the upper and lower positions of the left or right area indicates that the other column of the button participates in the double key combination.
  • the button is in the up and down position of its column; the left and right areas of the column button 258 (pile key) in the three rows on the keyboard are respectively used to indicate that the pile key and the left column button 147 and the right column button 369 are double-clicked.
  • the letters and symbols output when combining, the three groups of letters and symbols arranged from top to bottom in the left and right regions are respectively marked by the orientation.
  • the keys are combined with the left and right columns of the 3X3 square matrix and the three pile keys are combined with each other.
  • the letter in the letter and Sym state, the letter and symbol in the color four (S4) background color (S5) font are respectively marked with the letter corresponding to the key double key combination between the button 147 (369) and the symbol in the Sym state.
  • the double key symbol in the Sym state is near the outer side, and the double key letter is close to the middle area;
  • the left column button 147 is adjacent to the right and left column buttons 368 of the pile key, and the left area near the pile key has three top-down rows respectively.
  • the color five (S5) background color four (S4) font corresponds to the function of the key combination of the key and the pile key 258 in the Fn state; the left column button 147 is adjacent to the outer left area and is arranged in three colors from top to bottom ( S4) The bottom color five (S5) font function is marked by the direction.
  • the key and the right column button 369 are non-pile key double-click and combine the corresponding functions.
  • the right column button 368 is close to the outer right area and is arranged from top to bottom.
  • the button * or # and the button 580 double-key combination are respectively marked by the orientation color four (S4) font in the left or right area of the key five (S5) bottom part, 0 key single key Shift state
  • Fn is the only color four in the auxiliary function key ( S4) Font color five (S5) bottom button, other auxiliary function keys Shift, Sym, Ctrl, Alt are color five (S5) font color four (S4) color base; color four (S4) and color five (S5) color
  • the color four (S4) is light, the color five (S5) is dark, or the color four (S4) is dark, and the color five (S5) is light.
  • the keys of the adjacent 12-digit keys of the keyboard of the embodiment are closely attached to each other, and all the symbols of the keys are marked on the respective key bodies, including the key tops of the keys or the key tops of the keys and the side of the key body. side. Color four (S4) is light, and color five (S5) is dark.
  • the 12-digit key uses a double-dark color + two-color font button, plus a button click area, a single-click, a left-and-right two-zone double-click, supplemented by a relative orientation and a pile key combination centered, non-pile Key combination is a labeling method on both sides of the column, which effectively corresponds to the characters and functions of all single keys and most double-key combination keys one by one (non-pile double key) Except for the combined symbols, not marked), the intricate single-key and double-key combination output is organized clearly and clearly, at a glance, looking at the keyboard label, can guide the finger to correctly manipulate the keyboard, you can practice while watching, naturally When the ground is completely memorized and enters the blind state, the learning cost and the cost are extremely low, and it is extremely easy to operate.
  • the keyboard can also be used for Chinese character Wubi input method and Pinyin input method.
  • the Chinese pinyin input method of the key of the keyboard having a key double tone is as follows:
  • each single-key and pile-key double-key combination combination key corresponds to one initial and one composite final or one single-final and one composite final, to press the auxiliary function key at the same time. Shift or "Fu Yun" to distinguish, the number 0123456789 #* is the key or key combination, brackets "()" corresponding to the corresponding output of the initials, final: See Figure 5, single-click
  • the combination key 81 corresponds to the initial mother ch
  • the combination key 86 v corresponds to the final vowel U
  • Shift+81 (ao) Shift+84 (er) Shift+87 (ang)
  • Shift+83 (iao) Shift+86 (ian) Shift+89 (iang)
  • the keyboard and the QWERT keyboard have a mapping relationship with each other, not only the pinyin input method can be transplanted to the keyboard, but also various intelligent input methods such as the Chinese character five-stroke input method can be transplanted.
  • the following is an example of a Chinese character wubi input method using the keyboard.
  • the Chinese character five-stroke input method using the 5-zone 5-key position see Figure 7, using the annotation method to annotate the 5-character 5-character Chinese character five-stroke input method.
  • a 7 (32, white, white; Qiu hand ⁇ factory
  • V 68 (43, water, water ⁇ , " ⁇ A ⁇ R )
  • the input code of the key name Chinese character is the corresponding key or key combination combo four times;
  • the root of the key name is the input code of the key: the key code + the first stroke code + the second stroke code + the last stroke code ;
  • Chinese character input code acquisition method according to the pen, the first root code of the word, the second root code, the third root code + the last root code; the Chinese characters that are less than four roots, follow the pen The first root code of the word + the second root code + the third root code, and then the identification code, or the first root code + the second root code + The last pen identification code + space bar;
  • ⁇ Fire> identification code The key name of the 43V (68) key, the input code is V (68), V (68), V (68), V (68)
  • the five English letters of the keyboard are completely different from the English keys of the QWERT keyboard, but the keys of each area are arranged in a regular manner, arranged according to the characteristics of horizontal and vertical, left and right.
  • the 1st area of the horizontal pen is at the pile key combination of 1, 2 and 1, 2 and 4, 5.
  • the 2 zones of the pen are placed at the combination of the 5, 8 and 8 and 3, 7, and 1 pile keys, and the 3 zones of the pen are at the pile key combination of 4, 7, and 4, 7 and 5, 8.
  • the 4 zones of the pen are at the combination of the pile keys of 6, 9 and 6, 9 and 5, 8.
  • the 5 zones of the pen are folded at the combination of the 3 and 3 and the 2, 5, and 8 pile keys.
  • the column buttons 2580 in the right-hand keyboard have a width 302-303 of 17-19.5 mm, a left column 147* and a right column 369# button widths 301-302 and 303-304 are 13-20 mm, and buttons The heights of 404-405, 401-402, 402-403, 403-404 between 0, 456, 789 and the center line of the gap of the button of the previous row and the center line of the button of the button are 8-15 mm,
  • the button with the Space function* is lower than the height of the lower portion of the button 0, 451-452 is 8-25mm, and the height of the upper wide side 441-451 is 8-25mm, that is, the setting button* has Space (space bar) function
  • the button * is "inverted L" type
  • its top edge is flush with the top edge of button
  • its bottom edge is flush with the bottom edge of the auxiliary function keypad, which is lower than the button 0
  • the lower extension of the bottom edge wraps the auxiliary function keypad from the left (right)
  • the left (right) edge line 501 of the leftmost auxiliary key of the right hand keyboard is in the button. * Right side and no more than a quarter of the width of button 7, ie the distance between 501 and 302 is less than a quarter of the width of button *.
  • the keyboard is suitable for blind typing.
  • the button 5 has a raised positioning mark 601.
  • the auxiliary button Shift has a raised positioning mark 602 for finger touch positioning when the keyboard is blindly hit.
  • the existing QWERT keyboard is a two-handed keyboard.
  • the left and right balanced tiled display faces the operator's eyes for the left and right hands.
  • the key end faces the operator, and the key tail is inclined to the operator's lower body by 0° -45°.
  • this is the problem of the existing keyboard is not humanized, the above has analyzed its drawbacks, no longer repeat them. Referring to FIG.
  • the keyboard is relatively stably maintained in the following orientation, so that the operator performs the operation of the chord keyboard with the right hand: the root of the right hand arm operating with the keyboard tail is The purpose is that the tail of the keyboard swings to the right at an angle of 0-90°, and tilts to the lower half of the operator at an angle of 0-90°, so that the right-hand arm line of the operation coincides with the center line of the keyboard; The angle of 0 to 90° is inclined toward the lower body of the operator with the key surface facing outward and facing the palm of the hand.
  • the keyboard is laid flat and the tail is oriented toward the operator, with the operator as a reference, the right (left) hand keyboard tail right (left) swing angle is 0 ⁇ 90°, and the top upturn angle is 0 ⁇ 90. °, the right (left) tilt angle is 0 ⁇ 90°, and maintains the above orientation relatively stably, so that the operator's right (left) palm is facing the keyboard key surface, and the chord keyboard is operated.
  • the keyboard is a one-handed keyboard for mobile control, and has a small size and can be held by one hand, so that a more flexible and user-friendly manner can be adopted: the operator holds the keyboard in a hand, and adjusts the position according to the above requirements.
  • the forearm is flat and has a figure-eight shape; there is no need to twist the wrist, the palm is slightly or completely vertical, and the palms are opposite each other.
  • the arm and wrist can be comfortably operated blindly under the most natural and completely unstressed conditions, and Subject to occasional restrictions, it can be moved freely and enjoys an excellent operating experience.
  • the right hand keyboard button color is white, the color five is black, the button 2580 is 19 mm wide, the 0456789 is llmm, the 123 height is 12 mm, the width of 147* and 369# is 17 mm, the height is 19 mm, and the key surface area is 54X64mm, the keyboard size is 60X80X18mm. Therefore, the keyboard can be placed on the table and can be operated by one hand in front of the table. It can also be held in one hand. The other one can be controlled by one hand, while walking, inputting, not limited to the table and chair in front of the stage.
  • Second embodiment Posture, sitting, lying, lying, or walking, even on bumpy rides, boats, airplanes, can use the keyboard to quickly input, thus avoiding the QWERT keyboard must maintain a fixed attitude input Disadvantages can prevent a variety of cumulative body conditions, which can improve work efficiency and ensure good health.
  • the second embodiment is a combination of a right-hand keyboard 10 and a touch panel 220 and left and right keys.
  • the right-hand keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20 are connected by a sliding hinge B to constitute a "opening and closing" handheld device.
  • the so-called "opening and closing” is the abbreviation of the opening and closing of the device.
  • the term "closed” means that the keyboard 10 is above the outer casing 20 and covers the outer casing 20. At this time, the device is folded and closed.
  • the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20 are Referring to FIG. 12, the so-called opening means that the outer casing 20 can slide out along the sliding hinge B to open the device, completely exposing the touch panel 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202 of the top surface of the outer casing 20,
  • the keyboard 10 is arranged side by side with the touch panel 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202, and stably maintains the open state.
  • the keyboard is connected to the outer casing of the handheld device through at least one hinge; having a sliding hinge B between the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20; the hinge has a stopping device, which can be The case where the hinge stops and maintains the state when running to a length at least occurs to realize opening and closing of the handheld device having the keyboard; the outer casing of the handheld device has an XY axis movement control device and left and right keys thereof;
  • the hinge is hollow and has electrical wiring passing through and connecting the keyboard and the outer casing 1. Referring to FIG.
  • the left edge line 501 of the leftmost auxiliary key Shift below the button 0 of the right-hand keyboard 10 is on the right side of the left edge line 301 near the keys 1, 4, 7, and the right edge line of the rightmost auxiliary button 503 is located on the left side of the right edge line 303 of the button 0, and the button * having the Space function is rectangular, the top edge thereof is flush with the top edge of the button 0, and the bottom edge thereof and the auxiliary function keypad are The bottom edge is flush, and the lower portion of the bottom edge of the button 0 is wrapped from the left side of the auxiliary function keypad, adjacent to the leftmost auxiliary key Shift; under the #, a right-hand ring finger can be arbitrarily assigned
  • the button is assigned the auxiliary function key Ctrl-Hold; the auxiliary function key Ctrl-Hold can realize the press lock, and then press the release; the auxiliary keypad 140 has four auxiliary function keys,
  • the right-hand keyboard 10 under the button 0 has Shift, Fn
  • the key bodies of the adjacent 12-digit keys of the keyboard are separated from each other by the casing, and some symbols are marked on the respective key bodies, and the remaining symbols are marked on the casing around the respective key bodies, and the left column number keys are left-hand symbols and The letters on the two sides of the numeric keypad in the right-hand column of the right-hand column are marked on the chassis around the respective buttons.
  • the lower-most symbol of the numeric keypad including the numeric symbols, is also marked on the chassis below the respective buttons;
  • the size of the marked area of the button is used as the boundary of the button (except for the space key * and or #), the boundary height is 8 ⁇ 15mm, and the middle button boundary width 302-303 is 17 ⁇ 20mm, the side column key boundary
  • the width of the button 301-302 or 303-304 is 13 ⁇ 20mm;
  • the horizontal button connection line of the column button 2580 in the keyboard is a straight line 322, which is called the middle line of the keyboard;
  • the line is a straight line 312, and the right column 369 button body horizontal midpoint line is a line 332, and the distance between the center line 322 and the line 312 is equal to the distance between the center line 322 and the line 332, and the distance is between 5 ⁇
  • the width of the key of the middle button is 32 ⁇ 323.
  • the height of the button is between 5 ⁇ 19. 5mm, the height is between 2 ⁇ 15mm; The height is between 2 and 15 mm; the distance from the center line 322 to the left side 301 of the left column button marking area is equal to the distance to the right side edge 304 of the right column button marking area, and is between 20 and 30 mm, that is, The upper three rows of buttons 301-304 of the keyboard are between 40 and 60 mm; the right (left) hand assists pressing The width of the keypad is 18 ⁇ 40mm, the height is 5 ⁇ 25mm, and the height of each auxiliary button is 5 ⁇ 12.5mm. The height of the upper side 451 of the auxiliary button area and the upper side 441 of the button 0 is at least 2 times higher than the boundary height of the button 0.
  • the button *111 having the space bar function has a rectangle, which is shifted to the left and completely exceeds the range of the left column number button 147, and accordingly, the auxiliary keypad is also moved to the left. Near the left edge line 301 of the left column number button 147. In this way, the right thumb does not need to be buckled, and the button can be manipulated. When the auxiliary button is operated, the degree of the thumb buckle can be slightly smaller, so that the manipulation of the thumb is more comfortable.
  • each of the button 5 and the auxiliary button Shift has a raised positioning mark for finger touch positioning. To suit the keyboard blind hit.
  • the keyboard of this embodiment is also marked with a two-color base color + a two-color base color.
  • the operator can hold the keyboard to the left, the X-Y axis movement control of the right hand or the chord key manipulation of the keyboard.
  • the function of the keyboard has the same function as that of the first embodiment, and can realize operations such as English, Chinese Pinyin, Chinese Wubi input, etc., and the touch panel 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202 on the top surface of the housing 20 can be realized.
  • Almost all computer control and can be sitting, lying, lying, or walking, remote control computer or multimedia TV, to cater to the advent of the triple-play era.
  • the third embodiment is also a combination of a right-hand keyboard 10 and a touch panel 220 and left and right keys.
  • the right-hand keyboard 10 and the touch panel 220 and the outer casing 20 of the left and right keys are connected by a plane rotary hinge C, and the plane rotation hinge C axis is Below the button # of the right-hand keyboard 10, referring to FIG.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic view of the keyboard 10 overlapping with the housing 20, that is, the keyboard is connected to the outer casing of the handheld device through at least one hinge, and the hinge
  • the outer casing has an XY axis movement control device and its left and right keys
  • a planar rotary hinge C is disposed between the keyboard and the outer casing
  • the hinge is hollow and has electrical Wiring passes through and connects the keyboard and the housing one.
  • the housing 20 is rotated 90° about the planar rotary hinge C beyond the coverage of the keyboard 10, and the touch panel 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202 of the top surface of the housing 20 are completely exposed, such that the keyboard 10 and the touch
  • the plate 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202 are arranged side by side, the operator can hold the keyboard to the left, and the right hand performs the chord key manipulation or the XY axis movement control of the keyboard, that is, the hinge has a stopping device, in addition to the closed state, The situation in which the hinge stops rotating within a certain angle and maintains this state occurs at least once.
  • the right-hand keyboard 10 has a function key Ctrl and Alt on the basis of Shift, Fn, Sym under the button 0, when the left edge line 305 of the button* and the buttons 1, 4, 7
  • the left edge line 301 is nearly coincident
  • the left edge line 501 of the leftmost auxiliary key Shift is on the right side of the button * the right part does not exceed a quarter of the width of the button * width
  • the auxiliary function button is arranged in the shape of a cat claw pointing in the upper right direction
  • the button Fn on the lower side is centered from the left to the right
  • the radiant arrangement buttons Shift, Sym, Ctrl, Alt These auxiliary function keys are controlled by the right thumb, and the keys with the space bar function are rectangular, and the auxiliary function keypad is wrapped from the left side.
  • the key bodies of the adjacent 12-digit keys are separated from each other by the casing, and some of the symbols are marked on the respective key bodies, and the remaining symbols are marked on the casing around the respective key bodies.
  • the keyboard adopts a single-color two-color font labeling method, and the font color one (S1) is similar to the color two (S2) color depth, and is opposite to the button body and the marking area color (S3) under the keyhole;
  • the (S1) font is used to mark the chord key output without the auxiliary button press or SYM status, the color two (S2) font is used to mark the chord key output in the Fn state; the color two (S2) font is used with the slash shadow It is represented by a character to distinguish it from the color of the color one (S1) font.
  • the function of the keyboard of this embodiment is basically the same as that of the first embodiment, and can realize operations such as English, Chinese Pinyin, Chinese Wubi input, etc., and the touch panel 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202 on the upper surface of the outer casing 20 can be realized. All computer controls, and can be used in sitting, lying, lying, or walking, remote control screens larger computer or multimedia TV. Fourth embodiment
  • the fourth embodiment is a handheld mobile computer having the right-hand dedicated keyboard.
  • the keyboard 10 and the casing 20 of the mobile computer are connected by a flip hinge A, and have a display screen 210 (see in the figure)
  • the back of the handheld device 20 is close to the recess 230 on the right side (viewed from the front), and the key surface is flush with the back surface of the housing 20, which can be rotated out and rotated 90° to 120° for right-hand control.
  • the flip hinge A is a coaxial flip hinge A1
  • the off-axis flip hinge A1 refers to an axis on which the axis is separated from the two connected objects, around the axis Flip the hinge A1 to close the keyboard and completely within the coverage of the outer casing.
  • the keyboard keys face down and overlap on the back of the outer casing 1 to fold the mobile computer into a rectangular parallelepiped.
  • the keyboard can be placed in a particular stable state to perform the chord keyboard operation in response to an operator's operator; see FIG. 17, at which time the keyboard 10 is not in a tile parallel to the display screen 210.
  • the operator holds the left side of the outer casing 20 with the left hand, so that the outer casing 20 is tilted inward, the front display 210 faces the eye, and the right hand acts as the operator, the palm
  • the operation of the chord keyboard is performed toward the key surface of the keyboard 10, thereby achieving the following effects: the keyboard is laid flat and the tail is oriented toward the operator, with the operator as a reference, the right (left) hand keyboard
  • the right rear (left) swing angle is 0 ⁇ 90°
  • the top upturn angle is 0 ⁇ 90°
  • the right (left) tilt angle is 0 ⁇ 90°
  • the above orientation is relatively stable, so that the operator is right (left)
  • the palm of the hand faces the keyboard key face, and the operation of the chord keyboard is performed.
  • the keyboard is connected by the outer casing of at least one hinged handheld device, and the hinge can realize the function of opening and closing the device and adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard;
  • the hinge is hollow and has electrical wiring passing through And connecting the keyboard and the outer casing one.
  • the inflection type flip hinge A1 has the dual function of opening and closing the device and setting the tilt angle of the keyboard 10.
  • the right-hand dedicated keyboard can implement operations such as English, Chinese Pinyin, and Chinese Wubi input.
  • a computer keypad version is used, and the keyboard shown in FIG. 18 is used. 10 1 (7) 2 (8) 3 (9) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(1) 8(2) 9(3) 0(0) *(*) #(#)
  • the keyboard adopts a two-color background color + a two-color font, the color four is black, and the color five is marked with white;
  • the one-hand right-hand keyboard button # has a Backspace back button, which is controlled by a right-hand ring finger;
  • the distance between the upper edge line 451 of the area 140 and the upper edge line 441 of the button 0 is at least 2/3 of the height of the boundary of the button 0.
  • the controller controls the keyboard by the other hand, and can be input quickly and comfortably anytime and anywhere, regardless of the ride or the walk, which greatly improves the efficiency, and at the same time, the keyboard on the back of the handheld device is extremely convenient to open and close.
  • An occasional limitation, suitable for a mobile operation, storing input characters in a hard disk or a memory of the mobile computer, that is, the handheld device having the keyboard is a mobile input device, that is, the operator can hold the handheld device while standing or walking Perform operations such as entering characters or commands.
  • the fifth embodiment is a remote controller having the left-hand keyboard 10 and the right-hand grip type mouse 20, as shown in the figure. 19, the one-handed left-hand keyboard is located at the upper left of the right-hand grip 20, and the front side of the right-hand grip 20 has an XY-axis movement control device and its left and right keys, wherein the upper side of the handle 20 has a trackball 206, The right thumb is operated, and the front side of the handle 20 has a left button 201 and a right button 202, which are respectively controlled by the right index finger and the middle finger, that is, the keyboard is connected with the handheld device having the outer casing one, and the outer casing has an XY axis movement control device and Left and right buttons.
  • the left-hand keyboard 10 has Ctrl, Alt, and a button with a space bar function on the basis of the auxiliary function keys Shift, Fn, and Sym, under the lower keys *, 0, and # of the 12-key 3X4 telephone numeric keypad.
  • # ⁇ " ⁇ L" type the right side of the button # is lower than the lower part of the bottom side of the button 0, and the auxiliary function key area is wrapped from the right side, and the auxiliary function keys are arranged in a shape like a cat claw pointing to the upper right direction.
  • the buttons Shift, Sym, Ctrl, and Alt are arranged in a radial arrangement from the right to the left with the button Fn as a lower center.
  • the auxiliary function keys are controlled by the left thumb; the left-hand keyboard auxiliary keypad right edge line 501 is at the button 9 The left side does not exceed the left side of the width of the button 9 by a quarter, the leftmost button Alt horizontal midpoint 502 is at the right side of 302; the one-handed left hand keyboard button* has two left-handed ring fingers
  • the arbitrarily assignable button is assigned the enter enter key and the backspace return key, controlled by the left ring finger, wherein the enter key is close to the outer side, and the backspace return key is near the center and close to the auxiliary Keypad area; the keyboard is marked with a two-color background + two-color font, the color four is white, and the color five is black.
  • the functions of the keyboard in this embodiment are basically the same as those in the previous embodiment, and operations such as English, Chinese Pinyin, and Chinese Wubi input can be realized. Because the present embodiment uses a left-hand keyboard, the following aspects are different from the above embodiments:
  • the single-click character mark is on the lower layer of the middle area, and the number of the single-click click in the Fn state is marked on the upper layer.
  • the left-hand keyboard 10 is in the left-side tilting position for the manipulation of the keyboard by the controller's left-hand alignment position.
  • the controller can stand up, sit or walk remotely to control a large screen computer or Internet TV, and operate in a variety of comfortable operation modes, avoiding various situations caused by maintaining the same posture for a long time. Diseases and malpractices.
  • the advantage of this new mode of computer control is that the keyboard is easy and comfortable to play, and there is no fatigue when working for a long time.
  • One hand is held, the other is controlled by one hand, walking while inputting, not limited to Taiwan.
  • the front table and chair without restricting the operating posture, can be quickly input using the sitting posture, lying posture, lying posture, or walking. This avoids the disadvantage that the QWERT keyboard must maintain a fixed posture input, which can prevent various accumulations. Physical illness can improve work efficiency and protect your health.
  • the sixth embodiment is a bar code scanner having the keyboard 10, see FIG. 21, a side view of the outer casing 20 of the bar code scanner, the front end of the casing 20 has a read head 234, and the upper end of the handle has a control switch 235, and the outer casing 20
  • the right side of the keyboard has the right hand keyboard 10, the lower part of the keyboard is tilted outward, and the key tail is facing downward.
  • the rear end of the casing 20 has a display screen 210. That is, a handheld device having a housing 1 that connects the housing 1; the housing has a display screen.
  • the operator can hold the handle of the barcode scanner with his left hand, look at the display screen 210, manipulate the keyboard 10 with his right hand, and perform barcode scanning or keyboard input during walking movement.
  • the scanner of the embodiment is also a mobile cloud computing terminal, and can run software such as ERP, and completes the logistics operations such as receiving or receiving, issuing, counting, and shipping in the mobile; and encountering various unexpected situations, the scene can be timely Dispose of and leave notes or records on the cloud system, greatly improving work efficiency, without having to go back and forth between the library area and the computer as in the existing work, resulting in low work efficiency.
  • software such as ERP
  • completes the logistics operations such as receiving or receiving, issuing, counting, and shipping in the mobile; and encountering various unexpected situations, the scene can be timely Dispose of and leave notes or records on the cloud system, greatly improving work efficiency, without having to go back and forth between the library area and the computer as in the existing work, resulting in low work efficiency.
  • the seventh embodiment is a mouse having the right-hand keyboard 10, see FIG. 23a, having a mouse having a housing 20, a front portion of the housing 20 having a mouse wheel 205, left and right keys 201 and 202, and the keyboard 10 at the outer casing At the rear of a 20, the bottom of the housing 20 is a mouse detecting component, that is, the housing has an XY axis movement control device and its left and right keys, and the keyboard is connected to the housing 1.
  • the seventh embodiment is a mouse.
  • the front view, the keyboard 10 on the top surface of the mouse is tilted to the right to facilitate manipulation of the right hand holding the mouse or performing the keyboard operation.
  • the keyboard and mouse are integrated, the size is 80X120mm, the mouse function can be completed only by the mouse size, and all the functions of the QWERT keyboard such as English, Chinese Pinyin and Chinese Wubi input can be realized, and the operation can be performed on the desktop. Holding the mouse in the left hand and operating the keyboard in the right hand, occupying less or not occupying the desktop, avoiding the existing PC operation must be switched back and forth between the mouse and the keyboard to achieve efficient work.
  • the eighth embodiment is a bank ATM machine password input device having the right-hand dedicated keyboard.
  • the keyboard has only three auxiliary function keys, which are arranged from left to right as Shift (upper file). , Sym (symbol) and Digital (number), under the keys # and 0, the corresponding characters or functions of the combination of keys and keys (chords) are as follows, the number 0123456789#* is the key or key combination, brackets "( )"
  • the single-key and pile key double-key output is converted to uppercase or upper-end symbols.
  • the keyboard only labels letters and numbers to avoid the complexity of the key surface. Since the keyboard 10 includes numbers, uppercase and lowercase letters and symbols, one can use the associative memory to compose a password, and then change the characters by pressing the auxiliary function key. Increase the difficulty of password decryption. If the password is in the name "Guilin”, the pinyin is "guilin”, then press the Sym key in the first to third characters, press the Shift key in the fourth character, and press the Digital key in the sixth character to get the password. +[!Li9", such passwords have the characteristics of Lenovo easy to remember, and also have case, symbol and number changes, which are difficult to decipher. It can fully guarantee the security of bank card funds, and will be loved by banks and customers.
  • the leftmost column of the keyboard panel is a four-choice button. Press one of the buttons, and then input the keyboard. You can output the corresponding characters without pressing the auxiliary function button, which is convenient for the elderly.
  • the keyboard is connected to the outer casing 1.
  • the outer casing is a casing of a fixing device or a fixed object.
  • the eighth embodiment can be directly used as an access control and a bank ATM machine on an external wall, and can also be widely applied to a password input device of an electronic safe, a bank counter, a shopping mall credit card machine, an account cipher, etc., and a mobile phone having the keyboard.
  • Fixed computers such as mobile computers or servers can also be used as the same password input device to protect the security of users' mobile network accounts.
  • the keyboard of the ninth embodiment is a virtual keyboard.
  • FIG. 25 a schematic diagram of an interactive touch screen tablet having the virtual keyboard, wherein the tablet interactive computer 20 has a touch display screen 210, and the screen displays a city map.
  • a finger is made to make a predetermined gesture on the touch screen 210 or a virtual button is pressed, the virtual keyboard 10 appears on the screen 210, and a search bar 280 appears above the keyboard 10.
  • the address character output by the finger tapping the virtual keyboard 10 will appear in the box 281 of the search bar 280.
  • the user can directly click the search symbol 282 in the search bar 280 or press the return key of the 79 combination.
  • the keyboard 10 and the search bar 280 will automatically disappear, and the tablet 20 will automatically search for the entered address according to the command and display it on the touch display 210, and list the route from the operator's location to the destination, that is, the handheld with the keyboard.
  • the device is a mobile positioning terminal.
  • the key 10 of the keyboard 10 having the space bar function is beyond the range of the left column button, and is "inverted L type", and the auxiliary function area with Shift, Fn, Sym, Ctrl is wrapped from the left side of the button * and 0.
  • the keys are arranged in a row of intersecting teeth, controlled by the right thumb of the operation; there is a back key directly under the button #, which is controlled by the right ring finger.
  • the feature of the virtual keyboard 10 of the present embodiment is that it is suitable for a tablet interactive computer, inputting a password or a web address, marking a document, naming or renaming a file, keyword search, address, song name
  • the tenth embodiment is a mobile phone having the keyboard.
  • the keyboard 10 of the lower body of the mobile phone is connected to the mobile phone having the upper body 20 of the display screen 210 via a point-type flip hinge A2, the keyboard 10 a top edge and a side of the upper body (outer one) 20 are connected by a single point through the hinge A2, and the point-type flip hinge A2 means that the axis is perpendicular to the separated edge line between the two objects to which it is connected, Single point connection, the hinge A2 is hollow, and has electrical wiring passing through and connecting the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20;
  • the lower body having the keyboard 10 can be turned clockwise or counterclockwise, that is, the hinge can realize the opening and closing of the device and adjust the tilt angle of the keyboard, see FIG. 27,
  • the keyboard is turned clockwise around the horizontal axis flip hinge A2, and can be in the state of 01 (flip 0°), 02 (flip 60°) and 03 (flip 90°) in order to make the keyboard face facing right.
  • the right-hand chord keyboard operation is performed between the angles of 0° - 90° on the side; similarly, the keyboard can also be flipped counterclockwise around the horizontal axis type flip hinge A2, and can be stopped in the 01 (flip 0°) state, 04 ( Flip 60°) state and 03 (flip 90°) state, the left hand chord keyboard operation can be performed between the angles of the keyboard keys facing 0° ⁇ 90° on the left side; the hinge has a stop device, except for closing In addition to the state, the hinge can be stopped at a certain angle and maintained in this state at least once.
  • the keyboard key when the keyboard key is rotated clockwise by 90° (03 state), the operator is left-handed, and the right hand is operated.
  • the display screen of the outer casing When the operation is performed, the display screen of the outer casing is facing the operator's eyes.
  • the keyboard is below the display screen, the tail of the keyboard 10 is facing the operator, and the keyboard key surface is rotated to the right direction for right-hand manipulation; similarly, if the keyboard key is rotated 90° to the left counterclockwise, it can be performed.
  • the left hand manipulation of the keyboard when the keyboard key is rotated clockwise by 90° (03 state), the operator is left-handed, and the right hand is operated.
  • the display screen of the outer casing When the operation is performed, the display screen of the outer casing is facing the operator's eyes.
  • the keyboard is below the display screen, the tail of the keyboard 10 is facing the operator, and the keyboard key surface is rotated to the right direction for right-hand manipulation; similarly, if the keyboard key is rotated 90° to the left counter
  • the keyboard or device equipped with the keyboard has side keys Ctrl 201 and Alt 202, controlled by non-keyboard manipulation fingers.
  • the structure of the embodiment is suitable for use by left and right hands.
  • the keyboard is set as a keyboard for mixing left and right hands. From the perspective of form, the shared keyboard has a central axis symmetry and is shaped like a " ⁇ " shape.
  • the buttons * button # are presented. "Inverted L" type and symmetrical, the auxiliary function keypad is pressed by the button * below the left side of the bottom side of the button 0 and the button # is lower than the bottom side of the button 0.
  • auxiliary function buttons Fn, Sym, Ctrl, Alt can be shared by left and right hands.
  • the auxiliary function buttons are arranged like a cat claw pointing to the right (left) direction, with the button Fn being biased.
  • the lower center rotates from the left (right) to the right (left), in turn, the keys Shift, Sym, Ctrl, Alt, and the auxiliary function keypad of the keyboard 10 is below the bottom edge of the button 0 and its extension line, right Left)
  • the left (right) edge of the leftmost (right) side of the hand keyboard is at the left (right) edge of the button.
  • * (#) Right (left) does not exceed the button
  • the right (left) edge line or the horizontal midpoint of the rightmost (left) side auxiliary button is on the left (right) side of the left (right) edge line of button 0.
  • the left and right hand keyboard conversion can be realized, that is, the one-click letter TEA of the three rows of number keys 147 on the left column and the three-line number key 369 of the right column of the left column of the letter RSN Reversed.
  • the mobile phone with the keyboard can be used to directly dial the phone after pressing the number key; when entering a menu and inputting a letter, press the number key successively to display the following characters, wherein 1234567890#* is the number key pressed, () Inside is the appearance of characters or functions:
  • the keyboard can be used for one-touch operation or one-touch operation, or can be combined with one hand and the other hand. (chord) keyboard operation.
  • the characters or functions corresponding to the combination of the keys and keys are as follows.
  • the number 0123456789#* is the key or key combination, and the characters or functions corresponding to the corresponding output in brackets "()":
  • the keyboard of the mobile phone of the embodiment can realize operations such as English, Chinese Pinyin, Chinese Wubi input, etc., as shown in Fig. 26, the difference is Fn state, using no keypad version, that is, in the Fn state, the key combination 14, 16, 19 , 43, 46, 49, 73, 76, 79 are the function selection keys to be determined, and the function selection keys without the keypad version can be set by the manufacturer of the device or customized by the customer. After the customer customizes, the corresponding menu can be used.
  • the icon sticker 60 is glued to the body on the right side of the button to identify these keys for manipulation.
  • buttons of the deep and double double color + two-color font are also used, and the method of labeling the two sides of the center and the non-pile key combination by the relative orientation and the pile key combination is different, and the difference is that the two hands share the left-hand single-key letter mark of the keyboard.
  • Buttons * and buttons # The lower-key letters RSN and TEA corresponding to buttons 147 and 369 are marked with the color four (S4) font from top to bottom in the lower part, and the left hand graphic is printed on the lower part of the button # to indicate that the letters correspond to the left-hand keyboard;
  • the left column 147 and the right column 369 of the keyboard 10 are tilted toward the key tail, and the tilt angle 902 is 10-13° to accommodate the slightly longer middle finger and the slightly shorter index finger and ring finger.
  • the operation is smoother; the keys 5 and the left and right Shilts of the keyboard each have a raised positioning mark, and the raised marks are used for finger touch positioning when the keyboard is blindly hit, the centered numeric keys 2, 5, 8
  • the key body has two sides and adjacent keys which are in close contact with each other, the other sides are separated by the casing, some symbols are marked on the respective key bodies, and the remaining symbols are marked on the casing around the respective key bodies.
  • the controller holds the upper half 20 of the handshake, visually displays the display 210, and the other hand extends toward the keyboard 10.
  • the palm faces toward the key surface of the keyboard 10, and the combined keyboard operation is performed.
  • the controller's arms naturally sag, the forearms forward, slightly inward, the palms are vertical, the palms are inwardly opposite, the arms and wrists are completely undistorted, and the fingers of the vacant operators are more natural.
  • the mobile phone is also an Internet mobile interactive operation terminal, and uses more than hundreds of chord keys to be defined to perform more complicated mobile interaction operations. Eleventh embodiment
  • the eleventh embodiment has a mobile phone having two inverted hinge structures whose axes are perpendicular to each other, and the top of the keyboard 10 is connected to the casing (the casing 1) having the display screen 210 through the point-type flip hinge A2 and the shaft-type flip hinge A1.
  • the keyboard 10 can be folded around the hinge type flip hinge A1 and the outer casing 20, see FIG. 30, the keyboard 10 can be flipped 180° around the right axis flip hinge A1, see FIG. 32, showing the shape
  • the axis of the point-type flip hinge A2 is located at the top side of the keyboard 10, and the flip-up hinge A2 can make the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20 face each other.
  • the mobile phone When the keyboard 10 is in the state 01, the mobile phone can be manipulated by one hand or other operations.
  • the structure of the mobile phone is rotated 180° around the vertical axis hinge A1, which is the same as that of the tenth embodiment.
  • the keyboard 10 can be mixed with the right and left hand, and turned left or right around the horizontal axis hinge A2. Left-hand or right-hand operation; when the keyboard 10 is folded with the outer casing 20, referring to Fig. 32, the size is small, it is convenient to carry in the pocket, and protects the display screen 210 and the keyboard 10 from scratches or accidental touches.
  • the keyboard 10 is a left-right hand mixing keyboard, and the keys of the adjacent 12-digit keys of the keyboard 10 are separated from each other by the casing, and some symbols are marked on the respective key bodies, and the remaining symbols are marked around the respective key bodies.
  • the numeric button 5 is different from the other buttons in the same column. It can replace its raised positioning marks and match the raised positioning marks on the left and right Shift to accommodate the blind hitting operation.
  • the mobile phone is also a mobile SaaS (software as a service) terminal, uses a wireless connection network, runs online office software, can run ERP, SCM, CRM, IDP and other office software or WORD, EXECL, PPT and other document software in walking mobile, no Sleeve smooth access to achieve efficient work anytime, anywhere, that is, the handheld device is a mobile network office terminal.
  • a mobile SaaS software as a service
  • the twelfth embodiment is another mobile phone having a flip hinge structure in which two axes are perpendicular to each other, and the top of the keyboard 10 is connected to the casing having the display screen 210 through the shaft-type flip hinge A1 and the point-type flip hinge A2.
  • (Shell 1) 20 Referring to FIG. 33, the keyboard 10 can be folded and closed with the housing-type 20 around the axis-type flip hinge A1. Referring to FIG. 34, the keyboard 10 can also flip the hinge A1 around the axis. Flip 180° open, see Figs. 35 and 36.
  • wrap-around flip hinge A2 flips the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20 toward the intersecting direction, the keyboard key faces toward the right side (state 03) or left Side (state 06), for the operator's right or left hand to perform vertical screen manipulation, further, flip the hinge A1 around the axis and then flip 60° (state 04 or 07) or 90° (state 05 or 08) for the operator
  • the right hand or the left hand performs horizontal screen manipulation; the mobile phone can realize the display rotation switching display function, that is, the horizontal and vertical screen switching display function.
  • the mobile phone when the keyboard 10 is in the state 02, the mobile phone can be manipulated by one hand or other operations.
  • the keyboard 10 overlaps with the outer casing 20, referring to FIG. 33, the mobile phone of the structure has a small size, is conveniently carried in the pocket, and protects the display screen 210 and the keyboard 10 from scratching or mis-touching.
  • the right-hand or left-hand chord keyboard operation of the horizontal and vertical screen switching can also be realized, that is, the hinge can realize the function of opening and closing the device and adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard.
  • the keyboard 10 also uses a left and right hand mixed chord keyboard.
  • the difference from the tenth embodiment is that after pressing the combination key *6 (LR left and right hand keyboard conversion keys), the right hand keyboard Switch to the left-hand keyboard, except for the one-button letters RSN and TEA corresponding to buttons 147 and 369, the auxiliary function buttons sym and alt are also reversed.
  • the right and left hands have a symmetrical auxiliary function button sorting, the corresponding button has double-layer text, the upper layer marks the right hand function, and the lower layer marks the left hand function.
  • the keyboard structure diagram of the twelfth embodiment in this embodiment, the column number keys are slightly higher than the buttons on both sides thereof, and the height difference 403-403' is 0 ⁇ 7 mm, that is, the keyboard left
  • the column button 147 is parallel or slightly lower than the right column button 369, which is between 0 and 7 mm; this is a humanized design for taking care of the middle finger slightly longer than the index finger and the ring finger on both sides.
  • the mobile phone has the chord keyboard mixed with the hands, can be used as a mobile network search terminal, seamlessly and smoothly connects to the mobile Internet, and uses the left or right hand for fast character input to realize the non-interval operation including walking movement.
  • the mobile phone is also a mobile unified communication terminal, and wirelessly connects to the network to perform voice, data, video and other data interactive transmission, and realizes interactive operation.
  • the thirteenth embodiment is also a mobile phone having a flip hinge structure in which two axes are perpendicular to each other.
  • the side of the keyboard 10 is connected to the outer casing 20 by a point-type flip hinge A2 and a coaxial flip hinge A1.
  • a 20 has a display screen 210.
  • the keyboard 10 is foldable about the right-axis flip hinge A1 and the outer casing 20, and the keyboard 10 can be folded flat on the top of the outer casing 20.
  • the face 10 faces downward, and the keyboard 10 can also be flipped open away from the top surface of the outer casing 20 by the hinge A1.
  • FIG. 40 the keyboard 10 is turned 90° clockwise around the vertical axis hinge A1 and held.
  • the keyboard 10 is turned around the point hinge type flip hinge A2 to turn the 180° turn surface, and the key surface is turned from the left side (inside side) to the right side (outside side), the key tail is directed to the operator, and the right hand chord manipulation is performed.
  • the point-inverted flip hinge A2 is not turned over, the folded state 01 is directly rotated about the axiswise flip hinge A1 clockwise between 180° - 270° angle, see Figure 41, Operation
  • the left hand chord is controlled; the handheld device can realize the display switching function of the display screen, that is, the horizontal and vertical screen switching display function.
  • the mobile phone is also a mobile Internet of Things terminal, and performs various data reading through a wireless connection network, and realizes an interactive operation.
  • the fourteenth embodiment is another mobile phone with a flip hinge structure in which the sides of the keyboard are perpendicular to each other by two axes, and the side of the keyboard 10 is connected to the outer casing through a shaft-type flip hinge A1 and a point-type flip hinge A2.
  • a housing 20 has a display screen 210.
  • the keyboard 10 can be folded around the shaft-type flip hinge A1 and the housing 20, and the keyboard 10 faces upwards and is placed flat. Folded on the back of the outer casing 20, and also flipped open by the hinge A1.
  • Fig. 43 the keyboard is turned 90° around the axis-type flip hinge A1 (state 02), and the display screen 210 is flipped again.
  • the hinge A2 is turned 180° from the downward direction to the upper side, and the right hand is operated; see Fig. 44, or, as shown in Fig. 42, the whole mobile phone is turned counterclockwise by 180°, and the display screen 210 is turned upward, the keyboard 10
  • the axis-type flip hinge A1 flips 90° ⁇ 180° (state 03) between the angles, it can be left-handed; the handheld device can realize the display rotation switching display function, that is, the horizontal and vertical screen switching display function.
  • the keyboard 10 is rotated 180° around the hinge A1 so that the keyboard 10 is outside a side of the housing 20, and the keyboard 10 and the housing 20 are in a parallel state 03, and the keyboard 10 is keyed.
  • the display screen 210 of the outer casing 1 is in the same orientation, and has three buttons 271, 272, 273 on the upper surface away from the other side of the keyboard casing 20, and the game operation of holding the two hands with the keyboard 10 That is, the left (right) hand controls the keyboard 10 on the left (right) side of the device, the right (left) hand controls the three buttons on the right (left) side of the device, and the display screen 210 is between the two hands.
  • the keyboard is a game keyboard, defined as follows, where the number 0123456789 #* is a single-click click, and the corresponding function in the bracket "()": horizontal key
  • the handheld device is held by both hands, and the two thumbs respectively manipulate the game operation modes of the keyboard 10 or the buttons 271, 272, 273 on both sides of the display screen 210.
  • the keyboard 10 of the mobile phone is superposed on the back of the casing 20 in a state 01, and the casing 20 has a touch screen 210, which realizes a virtual telephone numeric keypad and or a touch click function.
  • the mobile phone is a mobile network game terminal, loaded with game terminal software, located in the game interface, and connected to a game website and a private account through a wireless connection network to perform multiplayer online games.
  • the mobile phone is also a mobile network instant messaging terminal, and quickly switches from the game interface to the one-hand chord keyboard interface, performs a text input operation, and plays while chatting.
  • the fifteenth embodiment is a mobile phone in which the keyboard is connected to the casing 20 having the display screen 210 through the point-and-receiving flip hinge A2 and the plane rotary hinge C.
  • the keyboard 10 and the casing of the mobile phone are shown.
  • the housing of the handheld device has a display screen; the hinge can realize the function of opening and closing the device and adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard.
  • the hinge has a stopper, which, in addition to the closed state, causes the hinge to stop rotating within a certain angle and maintain the state at least once; the plane rotary hinge C and the point-type flip hinge A2
  • the moving device has a stepper of 15° or 30° or 90°, so that the keyboard stops and stably maintains the angular state every time the keyboard is rotated; the side of the casing close to the plane rotating hinge C-axis core is semicircular .
  • Fig. 48 it is a bottom side view of the mobile phone, starting from a state a in which the keyboard 10 overlaps the outer casing 20, and is rotated clockwise around the swing hinge C to a state d, a state e (90°), a state f , state g (180°), state h, state i (270°), state j, last return to home position 0° (state a); in the non-overlapping (non-a) state of the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20,
  • the keyboard 10 can be flipped rightward to the right state 01 or the side state 02 or the upright state 03 around the point-type flip hinge A2, with the key face facing right, for The operator can control the right hand, or the keyboard 10 can be flipped to the left in the state of the flat state 01 or the side state 04 or the upright state 03 around the point-type flip hinge A2, the key face is left, for the operator to manipulate the left hand Therefore, the keyboard of the
  • the outer casing 20 is rotated about the swing hinge C to the state h, and the operator is at the j position.
  • the tail of the keyboard faces the operator and is in the 02 state
  • the key face faces the right side for the operator's right hand to control.
  • the combination structure of the planar swing hinge C and the flip hinge A2 causes the mobile phone of the embodiment to change a plurality of postures suitable for the keyboard operation.
  • the mobile phone display screen is upwardly facing, and the operator is at a position, the tail of the keyboard 10 faces the operator, and the outer casing 20 rotates around the plane swing hinge C to a state i (-90°), a state g (180°), a state e (+90°), and can be performed (state) i) (state e) two horizontal screen operations and one (state g) vertical screen operation, further, the keyboard 10 is further adjusted, when adjusted to be in state c (-30°) and state a ( The operator can perform the left-hand chord keyboard operation between 0 ° ); when the adjustment is between the state b (+30°) and the state a (0°), the operator can perform the right-hand chord keyboard In addition, the operator is in the i position, and the vertical screen right-hand chord keyboard operation of the keyboard 10 in the state c can be
  • the angle between the keyboard 10 and the display screen 210 of the outer casing 20 is 60°; the handheld device can realize the display switching function of the display screen, that is, the horizontal and vertical screen switching display function; the hinge is hollow, And having electrical wiring passing through and connecting the keyboard and the outer casing 1.
  • the operator is in the a position, the keyboard is in the a state, and the outer casing 20 is in the state g, the operator can perform the one-hand phone manipulation of the keyboard 10.
  • the keyboard 10 overlaps with the outer casing 20, the operator is in the a position, and the outer casing 20 has the touch screen 210, which can realize the virtual telephone numeric keypad and the touch click function, and the operator can perform the one-hand virtual keyboard mobile phone mode control. .
  • the mobile phone is a mobile network e-commerce terminal, which is connected to the business website by wireless connection, login to the business website, inputting an account and a password, uploading a product picture, writing an edited product introduction, pricing, and the like, and using the mobile network instant communication to chat, and the customer Discuss the issue of commodity price and quality, and promote the transaction of mobile online e-commerce anytime and anywhere.
  • the fifteenth embodiment is a mobile phone, and the keyboard 10 is connected to the casing 20 having the display screen 210 through the axis-type flip hinge A1 and the plane rotary hinge C.
  • FIG. 51 it is a bottom view of the mobile phone, starting from a state a in which the keyboard 10 overlaps the outer casing 20, and rotating clockwise around the swing hinge C to a state 13, a state i (90°), a state d, State f (180°), state g, state i (270°), state j, and finally return to the in-situ state a (0°); meanwhile, the non-overlapping (non-a) state of the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20
  • the keyboard 10 can be flipped rightward to the right state 01 or the side state 02 or the upright state 03 about the axis-type flip hinge A1, and the key face is facing right, for the operator to control the right hand.
  • the combination of the axiswise flip hinge A1 and the planar rotary hinge C makes the mobile phone of the embodiment change a variety of postures like a Transformer.
  • the chords and games of the keyboard are performed.
  • FIG. 52 the top view of the mobile phone, the operator is in the i position, the keyboard 10 is at the a position of the tail facing the operator's right arm, and the outer casing 20 is rotated around the plane swing hinge C to the state i. (-90°), state f (-180°), state c (+90 °), two vertical screen operations and status f can be performed for state i and state c.
  • a horizontal screen operation the operator can hold the machine to the left.
  • the keyboard is properly adjusted, between 0° (state a) and 30°-60° (state b), and the right-hand chord keyboard in the above three states can also be performed. operating.
  • the hinge can realize the opening and closing of the device and or the function of adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard; the hinges C and A1 have a stopping device, and in addition to the closed state, the hinge can be operated to a specific angle Stop and maintain this state At least once; the flat rotary hinge C and the coaxial flip hinge Al of the mobile phone have a stepper of 15° or 30° or 45° or 90°, which stops and stably maintains the keyboard every certain angle of rotation The angle state; the side of the outer casing 10 adjacent to the plane rotary hinge C-axis core is semi-circular; the hinge A1 has a stopper to keep the keyboard in a state parallel to the outer casing, the mobile phone keyboard or the game keyboard Operation, further, maintaining at least one state between the 0 to 90° angles of the key surface toward the right side, performing the chord keyboard operation; the handheld device can realize the display rotation switching display function, that is, the horizontal and vertical screen switching display Features.
  • the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20 overlap with the state a, the operator is in the a position, and the outer casing 20 has the touch screen 210, which can realize the virtual telephone numeric keypad and or the touch click function, and the operator can perform the one-hand virtual keyboard mobile phone mode control. .
  • the mobile phone is a mobile network bank payment or mobile network transfer or mobile network shopping terminal, wirelessly connects to the mobile Internet, logs into a business website, inputs an account and a chord password, inputs a desired product name to search and find, and communicates with the merchant through mobile instant messaging Communicate, understand the goods and bargain, then log in to the mobile online bank account, enter the chord password, transfer the payment to the merchant account via the mobile network, and complete the mobile online shopping transaction. Seventeenth embodiment
  • the seventeenth embodiment is a mobile phone having a hinge type flip hinge A1 and a slide hinge B.
  • the keyboard 10 is connected to the outer casing one 20 through a hinge type flip hinge A1 and a slide hinge B, respectively.
  • the housing 20 has a display 210.
  • the hinge A1 has a stopper for keeping the keyboard in a state parallel to the outer casing, and performing the keyboard game mode operation. Further, the keyboard is turned clockwise around the hinge type flip hinge A1.
  • the chord keyboard operation is performed by maintaining at least one state between the angles of 0 to 90° toward the right side, or maintaining the key surface toward the right side.
  • the hinge can realize the function of opening and closing of the device and or adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard; the hinge has a stopping device, and in addition to the closed state, the hinge can be operated to a specific angle or length The condition of stopping and maintaining the state occurs at least once; the hinge is hollow and has electrical wiring passing through and connecting the keyboard and the outer casing 1.
  • the top surface of the casing 20 has a trackball 208 and a left button 201 and a right button 202.
  • the casing 1 has an X-Y axis movement control device and its left and right keys, which can be combined with the keyboard to perform the mouse button combination function.
  • the mobile phone is also a remote control, and can remotely control a multimedia television or a large-screen multimedia computer or a mobile computer.
  • the eighteenth embodiment is a hand-held tablet computer.
  • the keyboard 10 is connected to the casing 20 by a pivot-type flip hinge A1 and a sliding hinge B, and the casing 20 has a display screen 210.
  • the keyboard 10 is inside the outer casing 20, and the side of the keyboard 10 is connected to the shaft-type flip hinge A1.
  • the keyboard 10 and the coaxial flip hinge A1 can be along the sliding hinge B. It is unfolded from the inside of the outer casing 20, and is located outside the right side of the outer casing 20, with the key surface facing downward, and the inverted hinge A1 is turned upward by 90°, and the key surface of the keyboard 10 faces and the outer casing.
  • the sides of one 20 are in the same direction, facing the right side and maintained in this state for the operator to manipulate with the right hand; the handheld tablet is near the top surface of the keyboard 10, having a trackball 208, a left button 201 and a right button 202, ie the outer casing
  • a 20 is also a device having an XY axis movement control device and its left and right keys, which can be combined with the keyboard 10 to perform all functions of the combination of the mouse and the QWERT keyboard.
  • the handheld device having the keyboard is a mobile device, and the operator can hold the handheld device with one hand, and put the keyboard in the placed state according to claim 4, and the other hand controls the keyboard. Perform the chord operation to input commands such as characters or commands while standing or walking.
  • the tablet is also a mobile network community SNS or a mobile network dating interactive terminal.
  • the nineteenth embodiment is a hand-held camera.
  • the body that is, the right side of the casing 20
  • the keyboard is covered by the display screen 210.
  • 10 is also on the right side of the outer casing 20, and overlaps with the right side elevation of the outer casing 20, and the top of the keyboard 10 is connected to the outer casing 20 through a coaxial inverted flip hinge 1A1 whose axis is perpendicular to the vertical line in the keyboard.
  • the keyboard 10 can be flipped 160°-180° around the coaxial hinge 1A1, under the rear side of the display screen 210, the key surface faces the right side, and the key tail faces downward and maintains the state for operation.
  • the left hand is operated by the right hand, and after the use is completed, the keyboard can be turned upside down about the hinge 1A1 to maintain the state of overlapping with the right side of the outer casing 20.
  • the keyboard can be used to name or rename the photos or videos captured by the camera. You can also directly input the URL to connect to the mobile network, and then upload the captured photos or videos to the mobile network or mobile cloud storage. Twentyth embodiment
  • the detachable keyboard is combined with the mobile phone 20.
  • the keyboard 10 is connected to the housing 40 through a hinged flip hinge A1.
  • the housing 40 is detachably coupled to the mobile phone 20, and the mobile phone 20 is topped.
  • the keyboard 10 has a display screen 210.
  • the keyboard 10 can be folded flat on the back of the mobile phone 20 around the axis-type flip hinge A1, or can be flipped around the hinge A1 to the right side of the key surface.
  • the tilt angle of the keyboard 10 is 0° - Between 90°, stop turning and maintain the angle steadily for the operator to hold the left hand and control with the right hand.
  • the keyboard is detachably connected to other objects or devices, and the hinge has a stopping device, so that the hinge can stop rotating and maintain the state at least once within a certain angle; the hinge can realize the The opening and closing of the device and or the function of adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard; the hinge is hollow and has electrical wiring passing through and connecting the keyboard and the outer casing 1.
  • the keyboard of the embodiment can implement the same English, Chinese Pinyin, Chinese Wubi or function input operation of the keyboard in the first embodiment. After the keyboard is connected with the mobile phone, the mobile phone can be used as a mobile network document input operation terminal. Enter and edit various documents. Twenty-first embodiment
  • the twenty-first embodiment has a slidable pallet 40 under the office table 30, and the keyboard 10 is connected to the pallet 40 by a pivotal flip hinge A1.
  • the keyboard 10 is curved in the center of the pallet 40.
  • the operator sits on the seat in front of the office table 30, and pulls the sliding tray 40 hidden above the sliding hinge B below the table 30, and the operator's body is just in the arc of the center of the plate 40.
  • the two forearms rest on the pallets on both sides of the notch.
  • the keyboard 10 is flipped to a proper angle state around the axis-type flip hinge A1, and the key face is stably maintained to the right.
  • the tail is facing the operator's state and is controlled by the operator's right hand.
  • a fixed object or a fixed device having a casing 1 , the keyboard connecting the casing 1 ; the keyboard being connected to the outer casing of other objects and equipment through at least one hinge; having two hinges at the keyboard and the outer casing
  • the hinge hinged to the keyboard is the flip hinge A and the other is the slide hinge B.
  • the keyboard can be fixed on a fixed object such as a desk, the back of the front seat, etc., and the same English, Chinese Pinyin, Chinese Wubi or function input can be realized in the keyboard of the first embodiment.
  • the device is unfolded, that is, the mobile phone, the mobile computer or the input device having the hinge is changed from a folded state that is convenient to carry or store to an expanded state by utilizing the characteristics of sliding, flipping, and turning of the hinge. .
  • the keyboard is placed on the side close to the operator, and the keyboard tail is directed toward the operator, and, if there is a display screen, the display screen is directed upwards and toward the operator's eyes.
  • the flipping hinge is used to face the key surface of the keyboard toward the side of the operating hand, and the tilt angle of the key surface is appropriately adjusted to be between 0° and 90°, so that the operator can perform the control comfortably.

Abstract

Disclosed are a single-hand-operated "chord keypad" information input method and device. A single-hand universal mobile chord keypad is composed of a 12-key, 3X4 telephone number keypad having therebelow such auxiliary function keys as Shift, Fn, Sym and. The chord (combination) keys on the keypad completely replace QWERT 102 keypad characters and functions. The keypad can be connected to a mobile phone or a handheld personal computer by means of a hinge to quickly input Chinese and English at any time and place. The keypad can act as a mouse-keyboard or a keyboard with a touchpad to control an input device such as a computer or a remote controller or a password input unit. The keypad can be used in a vehicle and on a mobile device or can be used on any type of electronic device, such as instruments, meters, large scale equipment. The keypad is small, multi-functional, fully labeled, easy to operate, health-friendly, enables rapid input, has multi-purpose keys, and is easy to open and close. The keypad is also suitable for blind typing, just as any present computer keyboard is, and can be used to input characters for any language. The keyboard can be used for rapid input even when the user is walking, and is suited to future trends in equipment miniaturization and mobility.

Description

单手操控 "和弦小键盘"输入信息的方法及装置  Method and device for inputting information of "chord keypad" with one hand
技术领域 Technical field
本发明涉及一种单手操控 "和弦小键盘"输入信息的方法及装置, 可广泛应用于手机、 智能手机、 移动电脑、 MID、 智能本、 移动互联网终端、 云计算终端、 SaaS终端、 物联网终 端、 电子词典、 掌上游戏机等手持电子设备, 也可用于车载、 机载、 船载等移动设备, 还可 用于各行各业的各种仪器仪表和工业设备等嵌入式设备的键盘, 或者作为外接键盘、 带键盘 的鼠标、 遥控器、 密码输入器、 门禁等输入设备。 背景技术  The invention relates to a method and a device for inputting information of a "chord keypad" with one hand, which can be widely applied to mobile phones, smart phones, mobile computers, MIDs, smartbooks, mobile internet terminals, cloud computing terminals, SaaS terminals, Internet of Things. Handheld electronic devices such as terminals, electronic dictionaries, and handheld game consoles can also be used for mobile devices such as in-vehicle, airborne, and shipboard. They can also be used as keyboards for embedded devices such as various instruments and industrial equipment in various industries, or as External keyboard, mouse with keyboard, remote control, password input device, access control and other input devices. Background technique
键盘作为计算机、 手提电脑、 手机等电子产品的必备人机交互输入设备, 伴随着人们的 工作和生活, 始终与人们保持亲密接触。  The keyboard is an essential human-computer interaction input device for electronic products such as computers, laptops, mobile phones, etc., along with people's work and life, always keep in close contact with people.
随着移动互联网和 3G 时代的来临, 以及云计算和统一通信的发展, 手机的作用正在发 生一种根本性的转变, 语音业务大幅下降, 非语音的数据业务快速增长, 手机被赋予更多更 强大的功能, 文字处理和交互控制成为移动终端的重要功能, 手机正在从一个传统的移动电 话向个人移动互联网终端转变, 但现有 12数字键手机键盘功能少、 输入慢, 不能盲打, 使用 不方便,同一个按键具有多个字符,必须多次按触才能输入一个字符,通常只有 8-20WPM (字 /每分钟) 的输入速度, 操作繁琐, 效率低下; 虽然全键盘手机的输入速度略优于 12数字键 手机, 但其小而狭促的按键挤在一起, 易误触按键, 不能盲打, 仍然达不到理想输入的速度, 无法实现如同敲击电脑键盘般的轻松和快捷; iPhone等手机的虚拟键盘输入速度比全键盘手 机更慢, 而且输入的错误率高出很多; 同时, 只是利用拇指操作键盘是现有手机输入速度慢 的重要原因之一。 总之, 现有的手机键盘远远落后于手持设备发展的速度, 已成为移动终端 的输入瓶颈, 远不能满足人们对移动生活的需求。  With the advent of the mobile Internet and the 3G era, as well as the development of cloud computing and unified communications, the role of mobile phones is undergoing a fundamental transformation. Voice services have fallen sharply, non-voice data services have grown rapidly, and mobile phones have been given more and more. Powerful functions, word processing and interactive control become important functions of mobile terminals. Mobile phones are changing from a traditional mobile phone to a personal mobile Internet terminal. However, the existing 12-digit mobile phone keyboard has fewer functions, slow input, and cannot be used blindly. Inconvenient, the same button has multiple characters, you must press the button multiple times to enter a character, usually only 8-20WPM (words per minute) input speed, cumbersome operation, low efficiency; although the input speed of the full keyboard phone is slightly It is better than 12 digital key mobile phones, but its small and narrow keys are squeezed together, easy to touch the keys, can't be blindly hit, still can't reach the ideal input speed, can't achieve the same ease and quickness as tapping the computer keyboard; The virtual keyboard input speed of iPhone and other mobile phones is slower than the full keyboard mobile phone, and loses The error rate is a lot; at the same time, just use the thumb-operated keyboard is one of the important reasons for existing mobile phone input speed is slow. In short, the existing mobile phone keyboard lags far behind the development speed of handheld devices, and has become the input bottleneck of mobile terminals, far from satisfying people's demand for mobile life.
现有计算机 PC键盘虽然功能多、 输入快, 具有十倍于手机键盘的输入速度, 但其按键 数目过多并且体积庞大, 即使笔记本电脑 NB键盘也是过大, 必须在有放置地方的固定场所 才能使用, 只能在相对静止不动的条件下运行, 受到使用场合的限制, 无法担当无缝平滑接 入、 随时随地使用的角色; 同时, 现有 QWERT键盘不符合人机工程学, 弊端很多, 严重损 害使用者的身体健康, 人们使用电脑或笔记本电脑的键盘时, 必须端坐电脑前, 縮肩夹臂, 两手外撇并悬空, 腕部强迫性向内下侧扭曲、 保持上翘状态并不断地伸屈以敲击键盘, 还要 哈腰垂头、 身体前倾、 身体和两臂保持固定的僵化姿势, 才能保证快速准确地输入, 这样, 人们被禁锢电脑前的座椅上, 容易造成双手肌肉紧张, 一般会损害手掌、 腕关节、 颈椎、 肩 部, 引起人们肌体上的劳累损伤, 长期长时间使用此键盘易患键盘手、 腕关节综合症、 颈椎 病、 近视、 脊椎神经伤害、 骨质增生和颈部、 腰部的累积性骨骼肌肉损伤等疾病, 一旦伤痛 发生,是很难康复的。另外,全球流行的 QWERT键盘按键分布极不合理,最常用的 8个 ET0AIRS 字母, 远离了规定的手指起始 (J、 F导键) 位置, 很不利于提高打字速度, 无力的左手和最 无力的左右小指负责较重要或较多的按键, 并且字母键布置混杂, 不易记忆, 需要较长的学 习才能记住; 笔记本电脑虽然具有方便移 的便携特性, 但其显示屏与键盘相距过近, 操作 者必须曲縮身体呈虾米状以便进行操作, 更加不符合人机工程学, 对人体伤害甚于台式机电 脑。 Although the existing computer PC keyboard has many functions and fast input, and has ten times the input speed of the mobile phone keyboard, the number of buttons is too large and bulky, even if the laptop NB keyboard is too large, it must be in a fixed place where the place is placed. It can only be operated under relatively static conditions. It is limited by the use situation and cannot be used as a seamless and smooth access, anytime, anywhere role. At the same time, the existing QWERT keyboard is not ergonomic, and has many drawbacks. Seriously damage the health of the user. When people use the keyboard of a computer or laptop computer, they must sit in front of the computer, shrink the shoulders and clamp the arms, and hang them out with both hands. The wrists are forced to twist inward and downward, keep upturned and keep on Stretching the keyboard to hit the keyboard, but also to bow down, lean forward, body and arms to maintain a fixed rigid posture, in order to ensure fast and accurate input, so that people are locked in the front seat of the computer, easy to cause hands Muscle tension, generally damages the palms, wrists, cervical vertebrae, shoulders, causing people's body Injury, long-term use of this keyboard for a long time is prone to keyboard, wrist syndrome, cervical spondylosis, myopia, spinal nerve injury, bone hyperplasia and cumulative musculoskeletal injuries in the neck and waist. Once the pain occurs, It is very difficult to recover. In addition, the global popular QWERT keyboard button distribution is extremely unreasonable, the most commonly used 8 ET0AIRS letters, away from the specified finger start (J, F guide) position, is not conducive to improve typing speed, powerless left hand and most powerless The left and right little fingers are responsible for the more important or more buttons, and the letter keys are arranged in a mixed manner, which is difficult to remember and requires a long learning to remember; although the notebook computer has a portable feature that is convenient to move, the display screen is too close to the keyboard. Operation The person must be curled up in a shrimp shape for operation, which is even less ergonomic and harmful to the human body than a desktop computer.
QWERT键盘 +鼠标是目前最常用的操控电脑的组合方式, 占用空间大, 不能有效利用办 公桌面积, 而且总是需要在键盘、 鼠标之间频繁转换, 影响工作效率, 增大疲劳度。  QWERT keyboard + mouse is the most commonly used combination of control computers. It takes up a lot of space and can't effectively use the office table area. It also needs frequent conversion between keyboard and mouse, which affects work efficiency and increases fatigue.
现有手机汉字输入法企图在目前有缺陷的手机键盘上实现移动输入速度的提升, 但无法 从根本上解决移动输入速度问题, 这种努力显然是徒劳的。  The existing mobile phone Chinese character input method attempts to improve the mobile input speed on the currently defective mobile phone keyboard, but cannot fundamentally solve the problem of the mobile input speed. This kind of effort is obviously futile.
现有的电子保险柜、 门禁、 银行柜台、 商场刷卡机、 银行 ATM机、 账户密码器等的密码 输入器都是 0-9的十位数字方式输入, 码元少, 保密性差, 尤其是, 多位数字密码不易记忆, 许多人采用简单的密码如 888888、 123456或 654321或根据自己生日日期编制的密码, 一旦 使用这种密码的银行卡丢失, 密码极易被破解, 从而造成资金损失, 这种事件屡见不鲜, 同 时, 利用手持移动设备运行办公软件或进行移动账务等操作时, 必须输入多重密码以确保安 全, 并且必须定期更换, 更是操作者极大的负担, 难怪有人戏称自已为 "码奴", 这种情况亟 待解决。  The existing electronic safes, access control, bank counters, shopping card swipe machines, bank ATM machines, account ciphers, etc. are all tens of digits of 0-9 input, with few symbols and poor confidentiality, in particular, Multi-digit passwords are not easy to remember. Many people use simple passwords such as 888888, 123456 or 654321 or passwords based on their birthday date. Once the bank card using this password is lost, the password is easily cracked, resulting in financial losses. There are many kinds of incidents. At the same time, when using mobile devices to run office software or perform mobile accounting, you must enter multiple passwords to ensure security, and must be replaced regularly. It is a great burden for the operator. No wonder someone nicknamed himself. Code slave", this situation needs to be resolved.
iPhone和 ipad等智能手机和平板电脑的多指触控技术可以在触摸显示屏实现滑动、 縮 放、 旋转、 拖曳、 切换窗口、 翻页等功能, 使人们得以进入互联网的移动浏览时代 webl.O, 但其文字输入方面, 与其他手机或智能移动终端一样, 都采用 QWERT虚拟键盘或小键盘或 手写阶段, 没有令人满意的输入模式, 即使是输入网址都非常麻烦; ipad等平板电脑更是退 回到 NB电脑的停留式操作阶段, 不方便进行互联网的移动互动 web2.0, 是移动互联网没有 杀手级应用而得不到大规模应用的根本原因。  Multi-finger touch technology for smartphones and tablets such as iPhones and iPads can be used to slide, zoom, rotate, drag, switch windows, flip pages, etc. on the touch screen, enabling people to enter the Internet mobile browsing era webl.O, However, its text input, like other mobile phones or smart mobile terminals, uses the QWERT virtual keyboard or keypad or handwriting stage. There is no satisfactory input mode, even if the input URL is very troublesome; the tablet such as iPad is returned. It is not convenient to carry out the mobile interactive web2.0 of the Internet to the stop operation stage of the NB computer. It is the root cause of the mobile Internet without the killer application and the large-scale application.
Twitter, 嘀咕、 饭否、 偶曰等网站利用现有不便利有缺陷的手机键盘, 实现了移动互联 网时代的移动互动… ---微博, 在朋友圈子和 SNS中把握第一时间的信息、 消息的新鲜感、 即 时性, 随时想到, 随地写到, 即刻发到, 是移动互动的初级尝试, 也是现有移动文字输入水 平的体现, 现有移动输入速度远没有达到用户的期待, 只有移动输入用户界面得到突破性发 展, 互联网才能进入移动互动时代并大规模应用。  Twitter, 嘀咕, 饭, 曰, and other websites use the existing inconvenient and defective mobile phone keyboard to realize the mobile interaction in the mobile Internet era... --- Weibo, grasp the first time information in the circle of friends and SNS, The freshness, immediacy of the news, always think of, write anywhere, immediately sent, is the primary attempt of mobile interaction, is also the embodiment of the existing mobile text input level, the existing mobile input speed is far from the user's expectation, only mobile The input user interface has been groundbreaking, and the Internet can enter the era of mobile interaction and be applied on a large scale.
移动互动或移动输入是指操作者在移动中, 尤其是步行过程中进行字符输入或功能输入 等操作。 发明内容  Mobile interaction or mobile input refers to the operator's actions such as character input or function input during the movement, especially during walking. Summary of the invention
本发明的和弦键盘在克服手机键盘和计算机键盘的缺陷的同时也吸取了两者的优点, 具 有体积小、 单键大、 功能全、 输入快、 标注完备、 指示明确、 操作舒适、 有益健康、 一键多 用、 适合盲打并符合现在电脑键盘操作习惯和适用于世界各种文字输入, 即使在行走的移动 中也能快速输入的特点, 可实现移动输入或互联网移动互动, 非常适合设备小型化、移动化、 实用方便、 操作舒适、 有利健康、 注重用户体验的未来趋势。  The chord keyboard of the invention overcomes the defects of the mobile phone keyboard and the computer keyboard, and also absorbs the advantages of both, has the advantages of small size, large single button, full function, fast input, complete labeling, clear indication, comfortable operation and good health. One-button multi-purpose, suitable for blind typing and in line with the current computer keyboard operating habits and suitable for all kinds of text input in the world, even in the movement of walking can quickly input features, can realize mobile input or Internet mobile interaction, very suitable for device miniaturization , mobile, practical, comfortable, healthy, and focused on the future of the user experience.
本发明所采用的技术方案为: 提供一种单手操控 "和弦小键盘"输入信息的方法, 基于 "三列四行的十二键电话数字键盘", 重新编码和设计软件程序, 包括如下步骤:  The technical solution adopted by the present invention is: providing a method for directly inputting a "chord keypad" input information, re-encoding and designing a software program based on "three columns and four rows of twelve-key telephone numeric keypad", including the following steps :
A.在所述 "电话数字键盘"按键 "0"下方设置包括 Shift、 Fn和 Sym仨辅助键的辅助功能 区, 同时设置按键 或 "#"具有空格键 Space的功能; A. Set the auxiliary functions including Shift, Fn and Sym 仨 auxiliary keys under the "telephone keypad" button "0" Zone, set the button or "#" with the space bar Space function;
C.使用 "六种组合键位"的操控方式, 包括 "单键单击"、 "双键并击"、 "三键并击"、 "辅 助键 +单键单击"、 "辅助键 +双键并击"和 "辅助键 +三键并击"; 其中辅助键的操作是, 先按下辅助键不放, 再按单键或多键组合, 键盘相应输出一个编码;  C. Use the "six key combinations" control method, including "one-click", "double-click", "three-click", "auxiliary + one-click", "auxiliary button + Double-click the "and" auxiliary key + three keys and click "; the operation of the auxiliary key is, first press the auxiliary key, then press the single key or multi-key combination, the keyboard outputs a code accordingly;
实施上述俩步骤, 可产生足够数量的编码, 用以代表各种字符和命令。  Implementing the above two steps produces a sufficient number of codes to represent various characters and commands.
还提供一种单手操控的、 移动型 "和弦小键盘", 其特征在于: A one-handed, mobile "chord keypad" is also provided, which is characterized by:
包括右手或左手操控的单手键盘, 所述右(左)手单手键盘, 在 12键式 3 x 4电话数 字键盘按键 0底边的下方具有一个包括 Shift、 Fn、 Sym的辅助功能键区; 设置按键 * (#) 具有 Space (空格键) 功能, 所述按键 * (#) 呈 "倒 L"型或矩形, 其顶边与按键 0的顶 边平齐,其底边与所述辅助功能键区的底边平齐,其低于按键 0底边的下延部分从左(右) 侧包裹所述辅助功能键区。  The one-handed keyboard includes a right-handed or left-handed control, and the right (left) one-handed keyboard has an auxiliary function keypad including Shift, Fn, Sym under the bottom edge of the 12-key 3 x 4 telephone numeric keypad button 0. ; Set button * (#) has Space function, the button * (#) is "inverted L" type or rectangular, the top edge is flush with the top edge of button 0, the bottom edge and the auxiliary The bottom edge of the function keypad is flush, and the lower extension of the bottom edge of the button 0 wraps the auxiliary function keypad from the left (right) side.
本发明全面阐述了所述全能移动单手和弦小键盘, 具体的是右手键盘、 左手键盘和双手 混用键盘的构成、 键位定义、 标记、 结构及其操作, 汉字五笔和拼音输入法的应用, 具有所 述键盘的设备尤其是手持设备的单个或多个铰链结构及其变换, 以适应所述键盘的多种使用 方式, 以及其手持设备的多种应用。  The invention fully describes the all-round mobile one-hand chord keypad, specifically the composition of the right-hand keyboard, the left-hand keyboard and the hand-mixed keyboard, the key definition, the mark, the structure and the operation thereof, the application of the Chinese character five strokes and the pinyin input method, The device having the keyboard, in particular the single or multiple hinge structures of the handheld device and its transformation, accommodates the various uses of the keyboard, as well as the various applications of its handheld device.
本发明的键盘由图 1所示现有 3X4方阵式排列的 12数字键电话键盘演变而成, 即在 12 键电话键盘的周围, 尤其在 12键电话键盘下侧设置包括 Fn在内的若干辅助功能键。  The keyboard of the present invention is evolved from the existing 3X4 square matrix 12-key telephone keyboard shown in FIG. 1, that is, around the 12-key telephone keyboard, especially on the lower side of the 12-key telephone keyboard, including Fn. Accessibility key.
采用单手和弦键 (又称组合键) 的方法操控 12数字键电话键盘, 即单手的中指、 食指和 无名指各自负责 3X4键盘方阵中的一列按键, 其中, 中指操控中列按键 2580, 食指和无名指 分别操控 3X4键盘方阵的两边列按键 147*和 369#, 拇指则操控若干辅助按键和空格键, 每 个手指每次只能按下指定范围内的一个按键, 操控方式有六种键位组合, 单键单击、 双键并 击、 三键并击, 辅助键 +单键单击、 辅助键 +双键并击、 辅助键 +三键并击; 其中双键并击、 三键并击是指两或三个手指同时按下各自对应的按键, 键盘相应输出一个键码, 称为和弦键, 又可称为组合键, 此 3X4方阵可实现 122个有效的单键与组合 (和弦) 键的键位, 单键单击 12个, 双键并击组合 46个, 三键并击组合 64个, 其中, 数字键 1-9构成的 3X3方阵中, 9 个单键单击分别对应最常用的 9个英语字母 0、 Τ、 Ε、 Α、 Η、 Ν、 I、 S、 R, 18个相邻列之 间的双键(桩键)组合分别对应其余 17个英语字母及一个符号, 9个非相邻列之间的双键(非 桩键) 组合分别对应 QWERT键盘的 9个功能, 按键 *和或 #的设置非常特殊, 可分别对应常 用的空格键 " Space" 由单手的拇指操控; Fn 状态下, 数字键 0123456789 分别对应数字 0123456789, 数字键 1-9构成的 3X3方阵中, 18个桩键双键组合分别对应 F1-F12和 6个功 能键, 9个非相邻列之间的双键 (非桩键) 组合分别对应 9个功能键或功能选择键。  The one-hand chord key (also known as the combination key) is used to control the 12-digit telephone keyboard, that is, the middle finger, the index finger and the ring finger of one hand are respectively responsible for one column of the 3X4 keyboard matrix, wherein the middle finger controls the middle button 2580, the index finger And the ring finger respectively control the two side column buttons 147* and 369# of the 3X4 keyboard square matrix, the thumb controls a number of auxiliary buttons and space bar, each finger can only press one button in the specified range at a time, and the control mode has six keys. Bit combination, single-click, double-click, triple-click, auxiliary key + single-click, auxiliary key + double-key, auxiliary key + triple-key strike; double-click, triple-key Simultaneous hitting means that two or three fingers simultaneously press the corresponding buttons, and the keyboard outputs a key code, called a chord key, which can also be called a combination key. This 3X4 square matrix can realize 122 effective single keys and combinations. Keys of the (chord) key, 12 clicks with one click, 46 combinations of double keys, and 64 combinations of three keys. Among them, the 3X3 square matrix composed of the numeric keys 1-9, 9 single-key lists Corresponding to the most The 9 English letters 0, Τ, Ε, Α, Η, Ν, I, S, R, the double key (pile key) combination between the 18 adjacent columns correspond to the remaining 17 English letters and one symbol, respectively. The combination of 9 non-adjacent columns (non-pile keys) corresponds to the 9 functions of the QWERT keyboard. The settings of the buttons * and or # are very special, respectively corresponding to the commonly used space bar "Space" by one-handed Thumb control; In Fn state, the number key 0123456789 corresponds to the number 0123456789, the number key 1-9 constitutes the 3X3 square matrix, 18 pile key double key combination corresponds to F1-F12 and 6 function keys respectively, 9 non-adjacent The double key (non-pile key) combination between columns corresponds to 9 function keys or function selection keys.
进一步的, Shift状态下, 单键和桩键双键组合分别对应 26个英文大写字母和一个符号; Sym状态下, 数字 0-9单键和 27个双键组合分别对应 37个符号; Ctrl或 Alt状态下, 再敲击 字母或功能键位, 可实现对应功能, 所述和弦键盘从而实现完全替代现有 QWERT键盘全部 的字符和功能。  Further, in the Shift state, the single key and the pile key double key combination respectively correspond to 26 English uppercase letters and one symbol; in the Sym state, the numbers 0-9 single key and 27 double key combinations respectively correspond to 37 symbols; Ctrl or In the Alt state, the corresponding function can be realized by tapping the letter or the function key, and the chord keyboard thus completely replaces all the characters and functions of the existing QWERT keyboard.
所述键盘同样可以运用拼音输入法和五笔输入法实现汉字输入。  The keyboard can also use the pinyin input method and the five-stroke input method to realize Chinese character input.
拼音输入又分为一个键位对应一个拼音字母和一个键位对应两个拼音字母的两种方法, 前 者是惯常使用的, 不必多说; 后者称为一键双音拼音输入法, 是在 26个英文字母和 "、"符 号的键位上分别增设一个拼音韵母, 这样, 一个键位就分别对应一个声母和一个韵母或两个 韵母, 可大大减少击键次数, 实现汉字的快速输入。 Pinyin input is divided into two methods: one key position corresponding to one pinyin letter and one key position corresponding to two pinyin letters. It is customary to use, needless to say; the latter is called one-key two-tone pinyin input method, which is to add a pinyin vowel to the 26 English letters and the keys of the "," symbol, so that one key is separately Corresponding to an initial and a final or two finals, the number of keystrokes can be greatly reduced, and the fast input of Chinese characters can be realized.
5区 5键位的汉字五笔输入法与所述键盘非常相配, 其键位按照横平竖直, 左撇右捺的特 点排布, 完全不用背记键位, 尤其是汉字五笔各区的撇、 捺键位, 对应相应的双键并击指法, 排布有规律、 形象而好记, 极易上手操作输入。  The 5-digit 5-character input method of the 5-zone is very compatible with the keyboard. The keys are arranged according to the characteristics of horizontal and vertical, left-right and right-handed, and there is no need to memorize the keys at all, especially the Chinese characters and the five strokes of each area. The key position corresponds to the corresponding double key and the fingering method is arranged. The arrangement is regular, the image is easy to remember, and the input is easy to use.
采用单底色或双底色 +双色字体的按键标记方法,每个数字按键标记区都横向分为三区, 中 区标记单键输出, 左区和右区标注纵向对应位置的双键双击组合, 并且桩键组合居中、 非桩 键组合居边进行标记, 使各按键关系错综复杂的组合 (和弦) 键位得到清晰、 准确、 完备的 标示, 一目了然, 可引导手指正确操控所述键盘。  The button marking method adopts single bottom color or double bottom color + two-color font, each digital key marking area is divided into three zones horizontally, the middle zone marked single key output, and the left zone and the right zone mark the vertical key corresponding double key double-click combination , and the pile key combination is centered, and the non-pile key combination is marked on the side, so that the intricate combination (chord) key position of each key relationship is clearly, accurately and completely marked, and the finger can be guided to correctly manipulate the keyboard.
结构方面, 考虑到手指高低不一, 加入了两边列按键向键尾倾斜或中列按键及两边列按键 内侧呈 "V"或" U"型倾斜的人性化设计, 使手指操控更加流畅; 在按键 5、辅助功能键 Shift 各设有一个凸起的定位标记, 盲打时, 手指可触摸凸点来定位;  In terms of structure, considering the different heights of the fingers, the two-sided column button is added to the tail of the key or the middle column button and the inner side of the two-sided button is inclined with a humanized design of "V" or "U" type, which makes the finger manipulation more smooth; The button 5 and the auxiliary function key Shift each have a convex positioning mark, and when the finger is blindly hit, the finger can touch the bump to locate;
一手握持具有所述键盘的设备或输入设备, 使所述键盘键面以 0~90° 的角度向外倾斜, 所 述键盘尾部朝向操作手上臂根部, 操控手掌心朝向键面, 手指敲击所述键盘进行输入, 所述 键盘的位置和倾斜角度恰好迎合竖直着的操作手, 操作手处在半握状态, 掌心向内, 此时, 手掌、 腕部、 前臂, 肩部毫无扭曲并且非常舒适, 还可以适当转向变换身姿, 长时间输入也 不会有疲劳感。  Holding the device or the input device with the keyboard in one hand, the keyboard key surface is inclined outward at an angle of 0-90°, the tail of the keyboard is oriented toward the root of the hand arm, the palm of the hand is oriented toward the key surface, and the finger taps The keyboard performs input, and the position and the tilt angle of the keyboard just meet the vertical operation hand, the operation hand is in a half-hold state, and the palm is inward. At this time, the palm, the wrist, the forearm, and the shoulder are not twisted. It is also very comfortable, and it can be changed to a proper posture. There is no feeling of fatigue for a long time.
所述键盘也可通过至少一个铰链与手持设备结为一体, 成为掌上变形移动设备, 变幻出多 种样式以适应手机、 游戏和和弦键盘的不同操作, 而且开合方便快捷, 在无线网络覆盖下, 实现随时随地、 无缝平滑接入, 没有任何场合限制, 无论在家或办公室, 采用坐姿、 躺姿、 卧姿, 还是步行, 甚至是在颠簸的乘车、 船、 飞机的旅途中, 都可以使用所述键盘漫不经心 地轻松快速盲打输入, 实现多功能、 多用途操作, 具有极佳的用户操控体验。  The keyboard can also be integrated with the handheld device through at least one hinge, and becomes a palm-shaped deformed mobile device, which has various styles to adapt to different operations of the mobile phone, the game and the chord keyboard, and is convenient and quick to open and close under the wireless network coverage. Realize seamless and seamless access anytime, anywhere, no restrictions, whether at home or in the office, sitting, lying, lying, walking, even on bumpy rides, boats, planes, The keyboard is used to easily and quickly and blindly input, which is a multi-functional, multi-purpose operation with excellent user control experience.
这样, 藉此键盘的舒适和快捷移动输入就可以打开通往移动生活的大门, 具有所述键盘的 无线手持电子设备如手机或手持电脑, 可以随时随地长时间快速盲打输入, 实现移动即时通 讯、 移动博客、 移动电子商务、 移动邮件撰写、 移动音乐搜索、 移动社区、 移动游戏、 移动 搜索、 移动远程教育、 移动远程交互遥控、 移动定位、 移动网络论坛、 移动网络各类文档输 入和编辑等各种移动输入或移动互动, 将现有的手提电脑或台式机电脑在相对静止情况下的 操作转变为没有任何场合限制的移动操作。  In this way, the comfortable and fast mobile input of the keyboard can open the door to the mobile life, and the wireless handheld electronic device with the keyboard, such as a mobile phone or a handheld computer, can be quickly and blindly input at any time and any place to realize mobile instant communication. , mobile blogs, mobile e-commerce, mobile mail composing, mobile music search, mobile community, mobile games, mobile search, mobile distance education, mobile remote interactive remote control, mobile positioning, mobile web forums, mobile web various document input and editing, etc. A variety of mobile input or mobile interactions transform existing laptop or desktop computers into relatively static motion operations without any restrictions.
总之, 所述键盘尺寸小, 通常占用面积为 60X60mm大小, 却以 12个数字键外加 3至 5个 辅助键构成的和弦 (组合) 键位完全替代 QWERT 102键盘所有的字符和功能, 标注完备, 逻辑关系清晰, 易记忆, 易上手, 可盲打, 按键硕大, 约为 19X12mm大小, 输入快捷准确, 可以随时随地使用, 并具有人性化设计, 使用舒适方便。  In short, the keyboard has a small size, usually occupying a size of 60×60 mm, but the chord (combination) key with 12 numeric keys plus 3 to 5 auxiliary keys completely replaces all the characters and functions of the QWERT 102 keyboard, and is fully marked. Clear logical relationship, easy to remember, easy to use, can be blindly played, large buttons, about 19X12mm size, fast and accurate input, can be used anytime, anywhere, and has a user-friendly design, comfortable and convenient to use.
所述键盘意义在于:  The meaning of the keyboard is:
一、实现移动互动终端平台, 将现有手提电脑或台式机电脑处在停留静止方式才能进行 相对固定的 web2.0 网络互动转变为具有所述键盘的无线手持电子设备如手机或移动电脑在 步行移动方式下进行移动互联网的移动互动 web2.0, 并且输入速度与手提电脑或台式机键盘 相当, 远超现有手机键盘, 操作舒适方面更是超过现有手机或电脑, 并首创移动盲打, 依赖 此终端平台, 可使无数杀手级应用在移动互联网中得以实现和大规模应用; 1. Implementing a mobile interactive terminal platform, where the existing laptop or desktop computer is in a static mode to enable a relatively fixed web 2.0 network interaction to be converted into a wireless handheld electronic device such as a mobile phone or a mobile computer having the keyboard. The mobile interactive web2.0 of mobile internet is used in walking mobile mode, and the input speed is comparable to that of laptop or desktop keyboard. It is far superior to the existing mobile phone keyboard, and the operating comfort is more than the existing mobile phone or computer, and the first mobile blind hit. Depending on this terminal platform, numerous killer applications can be implemented and applied on a large scale in the mobile Internet;
二、 实现移动交互控制, 利用所述键盘多达数百个待用组合键位, 具有所述键盘的手持 设备可做为统一通信、 云计算、 物联网、 互联网、 Saas等移动控制终端, 在移动中进行各种 复杂的无线交互控制或遥控操作;  Second, the implementation of mobile interactive control, using the keyboard up to hundreds of standby key combinations, the handheld device with the keyboard can be used as unified communication, cloud computing, Internet of Things, Internet, Saas and other mobile control terminals, Perform various complicated wireless interactive control or remote control operations while moving;
三、 实现时空转换, 在户外无线网络覆盖下, 移动时的零碎时间不再百无聊赖, 具有移 动键盘的手持设备可实现连续不间断、 随时随地地输入或网络互动, 在一些非固定场所或突 发情况下也可从容应对, 极大提高移动终端的随身性、 移动性、 灵活性、 高效性、 实时性、 便捷性、 现场感;  Third, to achieve space-time conversion, under the cover of outdoor wireless network, the fragmentation time when moving is no longer boring, handheld devices with mobile keyboard can achieve continuous uninterrupted, anytime, anywhere input or network interaction, in some non-fixed places or bursts In the case, it can be handled calmly, greatly improving the mobility, mobility, flexibility, efficiency, real-time, convenience, and presence of the mobile terminal;
四、 保健身心健康, 摆脱台前座椅, 整块时间也不必始终伏案固定不动, 可在显示屏前 静动自由, 变换坐、 立、 走、 卧等多种舒适的操作姿态, 用所述键盘快速输入, 可预防各种 腰、 颈、 腕部累积性肌体劳损方面的疾病, 保障身体健康;  Fourth, health care, physical and mental health, get rid of the front seat, the whole time does not have to be fixed at all times, can be quiet in front of the display, change the sitting, standing, walking, lying and other comfortable operating posture, use The quick input of the keyboard can prevent various diseases of the cumulative body strain of the waist, neck and wrist, and ensure the health of the body;
五、 启动信息移动输入时代, 无论室内、 户外或车上, 实现无缝平滑接入, 具有所述键 盘的设备可在办公、 购物、 交友、 旅游、 娱乐、 游戏、 智能家居、 远程教育、 医疗、 商务、 ERP、 物流等多场合、 多方面广泛应用, 使人们得以进入信息移动输入时代, 将停留式工作 和生活方式转变为移动式工作和生活方式, 应用前景极为广阔。  5. Initiating the era of information mobile input, whether indoors, outdoors or on the car, seamless and smooth access, devices with the keyboard can be used in office, shopping, dating, travel, entertainment, games, smart home, distance education, medical Business, ERP, logistics and many other applications, and a wide range of applications, enabling people to enter the era of information and mobile input, transforming staying work and lifestyle into mobile work and lifestyle, and the application prospects are extremely broad.
总之, 在科技高度发展的今天, 无线技术、 无线传输带宽和速率、 集成电路、 显示屏、 电力存储、 软件、 互联网、 信息存储等方面已经满足了设备移动的条件, 所述键盘就弥补了 移动操作最后的短板,使能够在移动中进行文字输入或功能操作的移动互联网终端成为可能。 所述键盘可用于手机、 移动电脑、 键盘鼠标、 触控板 +键盘, 还可用于密码输入器、 虚拟键 盘、文字录入机和遥控器等相关电子产品设备, 将从各个方面进入人们的日常工作和生活中, 在提高效率并改善人们的身体状况和生活质量的同时, 改变他们的生活和工作方式。 附图说明 结合附图通过下面详细描述, 本发明的上面和其他目的、 特点和优点将变得更加明显, 其 中:  In short, in today's highly developed technology, wireless technology, wireless transmission bandwidth and speed, integrated circuits, display, power storage, software, Internet, information storage, etc. have met the conditions for device movement, and the keyboard compensates for the movement. The operation of the final short board makes it possible to make a mobile Internet terminal capable of text input or function operation on the move. The keyboard can be used for mobile phones, mobile computers, keyboard and mouse, touchpads + keyboards, and can also be used for related electronic products and equipment such as password input devices, virtual keyboards, text input machines and remote controls, and will enter people's daily work from various aspects. And in life, changing their lives and working methods while improving efficiency and improving people's physical condition and quality of life. The above and other objects, features and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the Detailed Description
图 1 现有电话 12键式数字键盘示意图  Figure 1 Overview of the existing telephone 12-key numeric keypad
图 2 第一实施例的右手单手和弦中英文全能移动小键盘  Figure 2 The right hand one-handed chord in the first embodiment of the English all-round mobile keypad
图 3 右手操控中英文全能移动和弦小键盘的指法示意图  Figure 3 Schematic diagram of the right hand control of the Chinese and English all-round mobile chord keypad
图 4 所述键盘标注方法示意图  Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the keyboard labeling method
图 5 —键双音拼音法第一音符在所述键盘各键位示意图  Figure 5 - Keynotes of the first note of the key two-tone phonetic method on the keyboard
图 6 —键双音拼音法第二音符在所述键盘各键位示意图  Figure 6 - Keynotes of the two notes of the keynotes on the keyboard
图 7 所述键盘汉字五笔各键位示意图  Figure 7 shows the keystrokes of the five characters of the keyboard Chinese characters
图 8 第一实施例所述键盘的结构图 图 9 所示键盘按键 "U"型下凹的 A-A'剖面图 Figure 8 is a structural diagram of the keyboard of the first embodiment Figure 9 shows the "U" type concave A-A' section of the keyboard button
图 10 第一实施例操作人一手持键、 一手操控所述键盘的示意图 Figure 10 is a schematic view of the first embodiment of the operator manipulating the keyboard with one hand and one hand
图 11 第二实施例上下机壳折叠时的示意图 Figure 11 is a schematic view of the second embodiment when the upper and lower casings are folded
图 12 第二实施例触摸板沿滑动铰链 B滑出时的示意图 Figure 12 is a schematic view of the second embodiment when the touch panel slides along the sliding hinge B
图 13 第三实施例上下机壳折叠时的示意图 Figure 13 is a schematic view of the third embodiment when the upper and lower casings are folded
图 14 第三实施例触摸板绕铰链 C旋转 90° 并旋出时的示意图 Figure 14 is a schematic view of the third embodiment when the touch panel is rotated 90° around the hinge C and unscrewed
图 15 第四实施例所述键盘折叠手持式平板电脑背面的示意图 Figure 15 is a schematic view of the back of the keyboard folding handheld tablet computer of the fourth embodiment
图 16 第四实施例所述键盘绕铰链 A1翻转 90° 后的示意图 Figure 16 is a schematic view of the keyboard of the fourth embodiment after the hinge A1 is turned over by 90°.
图 17 第四实施例操作人左手持机、 右手操控所述键盘的示意图 Figure 17 is a schematic view of the operator operating the left hand and the right hand manipulating the keyboard in the fourth embodiment
图 18 第四实施例的右手单手和弦移动小键盘 Figure 18 Right-handed one-hand chord moving keypad of the fourth embodiment
图 19 第五实施例具有所述键盘的握柄型鼠标示意图 Figure 19 is a schematic view showing a grip type mouse having the keyboard of the fifth embodiment
图 20 第五实施例左手单手和弦全能移动小键盘 Figure 20 The fifth embodiment of the left hand one-handed chord all-round mobile keypad
图 21 第六实施例具有所述键盘条码扫描仪侧视示意图 Figure 21 is a side view of the sixth embodiment having the keyboard barcode scanner
图 22 第六实施例具有所述键盘条码扫描仪背侧示意图 Figure 22 is a schematic view showing the back side of the keyboard barcode scanner of the sixth embodiment
图 23 第七实施例具有所述键盘的鼠标示意图 Figure 23 is a schematic view of a seventh embodiment of the mouse having the keyboard
图 24 第八实施例具有所述键盘的银行 ATM机密码输入器示意图 Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of a bank ATM machine password input device having the keyboard of the eighth embodiment
图 25 第九实施例具有所述虚拟键盘的互动触摸屏平板电脑示意图 Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of a ninth embodiment of an interactive touch screen tablet having the virtual keyboard
图 26 第十实施例具有所述双手混用键盘和翻转铰链 A2的手机示意图 Figure 26 is a schematic view of a tenth embodiment of the mobile phone having the hand mixed keyboard and flip hinge A2
图 27 第十实施例所述键盘绕铰链 A2翻转示意图 Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of the flip-flop of the keyboard around the hinge A2 according to the tenth embodiment
图 28 第十实施例所述键盘绕铰链 A2顺时针翻转 90° 时,操作者左手持机、右手操控所述 键盘的示意图 Figure 28 is a schematic view of the keyboard of the tenth embodiment when the keyboard is turned clockwise by 90° around the hinge A2, and the operator controls the keyboard by the left hand and the right hand.
图 29 第十一实施例双翻转手机折叠时的示意图 Figure 29 Schematic diagram of the eleventh embodiment when the double flip phone is folded
图 30 第十一实施例所述键盘绕铰链 A1翻转 180° 时示意图 Figure 30 is a schematic view of the elliptical embodiment of the eleventh embodiment when the keyboard is flipped by 180° around the hinge A1.
图 31 第十一实施例所述双手混用键盘 Figure 31 The eleventh embodiment of the hand mixed keyboard
图 32 第十一实施例所述键盘绕铰链 A2翻转示意图 Figure 32 is a schematic diagram of the flipping of the keyboard around the hinge A2 according to the eleventh embodiment
图 33 第十二实施例双翻转手机折叠时的示意图 Figure 33 Schematic diagram of the twelfth embodiment when the double flip phone is folded
图 34 第十二实施例所述键盘绕铰链 A1翻转 180° 时示意图 Figure 34 is a schematic view of the keyboard according to the twelfth embodiment when the keyboard is flipped by 180° around the hinge A1.
图 35 第十二实施例所述键盘绕铰链 A2左翻 90° 后再绕铰链 A1翻转示意图 Figure 35 Twelfth embodiment of the keyboard around the hinge A2 left 90 ° left and then around the hinge A1 flip diagram
图 36 第十二实施例所述键盘绕铰链 A2右翻 90° 后再绕铰链 A1翻转示意图 Figure 36 The keyboard of the twelfth embodiment is rotated about the hinge A2 by 90° and then revolved around the hinge A1.
图 37 第十二实施例所述双手混用键盘结构示意图 Figure 37 Schematic diagram of the structure of the hand mixed keyboard according to the twelfth embodiment
图 38 第十二实施例所述双手混用键盘示意图 Figure 38 Schematic diagram of the hand mixed keyboard according to the twelfth embodiment
图 39 第十三实施例双翻转手机示意图 Figure 39 Schematic diagram of the double flip mobile phone of the thirteenth embodiment
图 40 第十三实施例所述键盘绕铰链 A1翻转 90° 后再绕铰链 A2翻面时的示意图 图 41 第十三实施例所述键盘绕铰链 A1翻转 180° -270° 时示意图 Fig. 40 is a schematic view of the keyboard according to the thirteenth embodiment, when the hinge A1 is turned over by 90° and then revolved around the hinge A2. Fig. 41 is a schematic view of the keyboard of the thirteenth embodiment when the hinge is flipped by 180° -270°
图 42 第十四实施例双翻转手机示意图 Figure 42 Schematic diagram of the double flip phone of the fourteenth embodiment
图 43 第十四实施例所述键盘绕铰链 A1翻转 90° 时的示意图 图 44 第十四实施例所述手机翻转 180° 并显示屏绕铰链 A2翻面时的示意图 图 45 第十四实施例所述键盘处在绕铰链 A1翻转 180° 时进行游戏操作的示意图 图 46 第十四实施例所述手机虚拟数字拨号键盘示意图 Figure 43 is a schematic view of the keyboard of the fourteenth embodiment when the keyboard is turned by 90° around the hinge A1. Figure 44 is a schematic view of the fourteenth embodiment when the mobile phone is flipped by 180° and the display screen is turned around the hinge A2. Figure 45 is a schematic view of the game operation performed when the keyboard of the fourteenth embodiment is turned 180° around the hinge A1. Schematic diagram of the virtual digital dialing keypad of the mobile phone according to the fourteenth embodiment
图 47 第十五实施例具有回旋铰链 C的手机背面和正面各自朝上的示意图  Figure 47 is a schematic view showing the back and front faces of the mobile phone with the swing hinge C of the fifteenth embodiment
图 48 第十五实施例手机背面朝上,所述键盘 10绕翻转铰链 A2翻转并且所述外壳一绕回 旋铰链 C旋转示意图  Figure 48. In a fifteenth embodiment, the back of the mobile phone is facing up, the keyboard 10 is turned around the flip hinge A2 and the outer casing is rotated around the revolving hinge C.
图 49 第十五实施例所述外壳一 20绕回旋铰链 C旋转至状态 h, 操作者处在 j位置, 所述 键盘尾部朝向操作者并处在 02状态示意图  49. The outer casing 20 of the fifteenth embodiment rotates around the swing hinge C to the state h, the operator is at the j position, and the tail of the keyboard faces the operator and is in the state of 02.
图 50 第十五实施例所述键盘绕回旋铰链 C旋转示意图  Figure 50 Schematic diagram of the keyboard wraparound hinge C rotation according to the fifteenth embodiment
图 51 第十六实施例手机背面朝上,所述键盘 10绕回旋铰链 C旋转并绕翻转铰链 A1翻转 示意图  Figure 51. In a sixteenth embodiment, the back of the mobile phone is facing up, and the keyboard 10 is rotated around the swing hinge C and turned around the flip hinge A1.
图 52 第十六实施例所述键盘绕回旋铰链 C旋转示意图  Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of the rotation of the keyboard around the swing hinge C according to the sixteenth embodiment
图 53 第十七实施例手机一手持机、 一手操控所述键盘的示意图  Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of a mobile phone, a handheld device, and a hand-operated keyboard
图 54 第十八实施例手持式平板电脑示意图  Figure 54 Schematic diagram of the eighteenth embodiment of the handheld tablet
图 55 第十八实施例手持式平板电脑所述键盘滑出并翻转时的示意图  Figure 55 is a schematic view of the hand-held tablet computer when the keyboard slides out and flips
图 56 第十九实施例手持式摄像机打开显示屏和所述键盘示意图  Figure 56 The nineteenth embodiment of the handheld camera opens the display screen and the keyboard
图 57 第二十实施例所述可拆卸键盘与手机结合的示意图  Figure 57 is a schematic view showing the combination of the detachable keyboard and the mobile phone according to the twentieth embodiment
图 58 第二十一实施例办公台下具有所述键盘的可滑动托板示意图  Figure 58 is a schematic view of a slidable pallet having the keyboard under the office table of the twenty-first embodiment
图 59 第二十一实施例所述键盘示意图 具体实施方式 在本发明下面的描述中, 省略了对包含于此的公知功能和构造的详细描述, 以避免使本发 明的主题内容不清楚。 第一实施例  Figure 59 is a schematic view of the keyboard of the present invention. The detailed description of the well-known functions and constructions of the present invention is omitted in the following description of the present invention to avoid obscuring the subject matter of the present invention. First embodiment
请参照图 2所示, 是本发明的一个右手单手操控的计算机键盘 10, 呈扁状长方体, 在其 12键 3X4键盘的下部按键 * ( 111 )、 按键 0 ( 121 ) 和按键 # ( 131 ) 的下方具有辅助功能键 区 140, 包括从左至右依次排列的 Shift ( 141 )、 Sym ( 143)和 Fn ( 142), 按键 Fn ( 142) 处 在偏向所述键盘中心的位置, 按键 Shift ( 141 ) 处在最左侧, Sym ( 143) 处在按键 Fn ( 142) 与按键 Shift ( 141 )之间, 按键 * ( 111 ) 的顶边与按键 0的顶边平齐, 其底边与所述辅助功能 键区的底边平齐, 呈 "倒 L"型, 所述辅助功能键区 140被按键 * ( 111 ) 低于按键 0底边的 左侧下延部分从左侧包裹, 即按键 * ( 111 ) 极为贴近辅助功能键区; 所述键盘还具有一个双 向开关 151, 可实现 Ctrl或 Alt功能, 由持握键盘单手的拇指操控, 以便于实现多种辅助键组 合功能; 键盘上部有一排六个指示灯, 从左至右依次为电源灯、 Shift锁定、 Fn锁定、 Sym锁 定、 Ctrl锁定和 Alt锁定。 参见图 3所示,单手右手操控所述键盘 10示意图,辅助键区按键 140的 Shift、 Fn、 Sym 由右手拇指 F1操控; 右手的食指 F2操控键盘左侧的一列按键 1、 4、 7、 *, 右手的无名指 F4操控键盘右侧的一列按键 3、 6、 9、 #, 中指 F3操控键盘中列按键 2、 5、 8、 0, 右手的拇 指 21也操控按键 *; 每个手指每次只能按下指定范围内的一个按键。 Referring to FIG. 2, it is a right-handed, one-handed computer keyboard 10 of the present invention, which has a flat rectangular shape, and has a lower button* (111), a button 0 (121), and a button # (131) in its 12-key 3X4 keyboard. There is an auxiliary function keypad 140 below, including Shift ( 141 ), Sym ( 143 ) and Fn ( 142 ) arranged in order from left to right, and the button Fn ( 142) is located at the center of the keyboard, and the button Shift ( 141 ) is on the far left side, Sym ( 143) is between button Fn ( 142) and button Shift ( 141 ), the top edge of button * ( 111 ) is flush with the top edge of button 0, and the bottom edge is The bottom edge of the auxiliary function keypad is flush and is "inverted L" type, and the auxiliary function keypad 140 is wrapped by the button * ( 111 ) from the left side of the bottom edge of the button 0, that is, The button * ( 111 ) is very close to the auxiliary function keypad; the keyboard also has a bidirectional switch 151, which can realize the Ctrl or Alt function, and is controlled by the thumb holding the keyboard with one hand, so as to realize various auxiliary key combination functions; The upper part has a row of six indicators, from left to right, the power light, Shift lock Fn lock, Sym Lock, Ctrl and Alt lock to lock. Referring to FIG. 3, the keyboard 10 is operated with one hand and the right hand, and the Shift, Fn, and Sym of the keypad button 140 are controlled by the right thumb F1; the index finger F2 of the right hand controls a row of buttons 1, 4, 7, on the left side of the keyboard. *, the right hand ring finger F4 controls the right side of the keyboard, a row of buttons 3, 6, 9, #, the middle finger F3 controls the keyboard column keys 2, 5, 8, 0, the right hand thumb 21 also controls the button *; each finger each time Only one button within the specified range can be pressed.
操控方式有六种组合键位, 包括单键单击、 双键并击、 三键并击, 辅助键 +单键单击、 辅助键 +双键并击、 辅助键 +三键并击, 其中双键并击、 三键并击是指两或三个手指同时按下 各自对应的按键, 键盘相应输出一个键码, 称为组合键, 又可称为和弦键, 辅助键的操作与 现在计算机键盘的操作相同, 即先按下辅助键不放, 再按单键或多键组合, 键盘相应输出一 个键码。  There are six key combinations for the control method, including one-click, two-button, three-button, auxiliary button + one-click, auxiliary button + double button, auxiliary button + three button, Double-click and three-button hitting means that two or three fingers simultaneously press the corresponding buttons, and the keyboard outputs a key code, which is called a combination key, which can also be called a chord key, and the operation of the auxiliary key and the current computer. The operation of the keyboard is the same, that is, the auxiliary key is not pressed first, then the single key or multi-key combination is pressed, and the keyboard outputs a key code accordingly.
无功能键被按压或锁定的常态下, 所述键盘的单键单击 1、 2、 3、 4、 5、 6、 7、 8、 9分 别对应九个最常见的英文字母1\ 0、 R、 E、 H、 S 、 A、 I、 N, 按键 *单键单击对应" Space" 空格键, 0和#单键单击分别对应一个符号; Sym状态下, 按键 1、 2、 3、 4、 5、 6、 7、 8、 9、 0单键单击分别对应 10个符号; Fn状态下, 按键 1、 2、 3、 4、 5、 6、 7、 8、 9、 0单键单击 分别对应 10个数字 1、 2、 3、 4、 5、 6、 7、 8、 9, 0;  In the normal state where no function keys are pressed or locked, the one-touch clicks of the keyboard 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 correspond to the nine most common English letters 1\0, R, respectively. , E, H, S, A, I, N, button * One-click click corresponds to the "Space" space bar, 0 and # single-click click respectively correspond to a symbol; in Sym state, press 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0 single-click corresponding to 10 symbols; Fn state, buttons 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0 single-click Corresponding to 10 numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0;
指定所述键盘的一列按键为桩键列, 则在按键 1、 2、 3、 4、 5、 6、 7、 8、 9 构成 3X3 的九宫图 (数字键方阵) 中, 桩键列中的三个按键分别与九宫图中的其他两列的六个按键双 键并击有 18个组合, 称为桩键双键, 分别对应一个符号和前述中九个英文字母 T、 0、 R、 E、 H、 S 、 A、 I、 N之外的 17个字母; Sym状态下, 桩键双键分别对应 18个符号; Fn状态下, 桩键双键分别对应 18个功能; 非桩键的两列按键之间的按键双键并击有 9个组合, 称为非桩 键双键, 非桩键双键及 Fn状态下的输出各自分别对应 9个功能。  Specifying a column of keys of the keyboard as a pile key column, in the nine-square diagram (number key matrix) of the 3X3, the keys 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 The three buttons are combined with the six buttons of the other two columns in the nine-square chart. There are 18 combinations, called the pile key, which correspond to one symbol and the above nine English letters T, 0, R, E. 17 letters other than H, S, A, I, N; In the Sym state, the pile key double keys correspond to 18 symbols respectively; in the Fn state, the pile key double keys correspond to 18 functions respectively; There are 9 combinations of the button double-keys between the column buttons, which are called non-pile key double keys, and the non-pile key double keys and the output in the Fn state respectively correspond to 9 functions.
指定数字键 2580所在的中列为桩键列, 各键和键的组合(和弦)对应的字符或功能分别 如下, 数字 0123456789*#为键或键组合, 括弧 "()" 内对应相应输出的字符或功能:  The middle column of the designated number key 2580 is the pile key column, and the characters or functions corresponding to the combination (chord) of each key and key are respectively as follows, the number 0123456789*# is a key or a key combination, and the corresponding output is enclosed in the bracket "()" Character or function:
无功能键被按压或锁定的常态下, 单键单击为  In the normal state where no function key is pressed or locked, one-click is
1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,)  1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,)
* (space) # (·)  * (space) # (·)
桩键双键并击的组合字母、 符号为  The combined letter and symbol of the double key of the pile key is
21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j ) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)  21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j ) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)
51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)  51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)
81 (、) 84 (x) 87 ( g) 83 (z) 86 (v) 89 (1)  81 (,) 84 (x) 87 ( g) 83 (z) 86 (v) 89 (1)
非桩键双键组合的功能为  The function of the non-pile key double key combination is
13 (Tab) 16 (Esc) 19 (Backspace)  13 (Tab) 16 (Esc) 19 (Backspace)
43 (Page Up) 46 (Page Down) 49 (Insert)  43 (Page Up) 46 (Page Down) 49 (Insert)
73 (Del) 76 (Caps Lock) 79 (Enter)  73 (Del) 76 (Caps Lock) 79 (Enter)
*6 (LR左右手键盘转换键) *9 (Ctrl Lock) *# (Menu)  *6 (LR left and right hand keyboard conversion keys) *9 (Ctrl Lock) *# (Menu)
其中, 相邻列之间 (桩键)双键并击组合为字符, 不相邻列之间 (非桩键)双键并击组合 为功能; 对应本实施例所述右手键盘来说, *6 (LR左右手键盘转换键)是无效的; Shift状态下, 单击键为输出转换为大写字母或上档符号 Wherein, the double-key combination between adjacent columns (pile key) is combined into a character, and the non-adjacent column (non-pile key) double-key combination is combined as a function; corresponding to the right-hand keyboard described in this embodiment, * 6 (LR left and right hand keyboard conversion keys) is invalid; In the Shift state, click the button to convert the output to uppercase or uppercase symbols.
1 (T) 2(0) 3 (R) 4(E) 5(H) 6(S) 7(A) 8(1) 9(N) 0(=)  1 (T) 2(0) 3 (R) 4(E) 5(H) 6(S) 7(A) 8(1) 9(N) 0(=)
桩键双键组合输出转换为大写字母或上档符号  Pile key double key combination output is converted to uppercase or upper gear
21 (D) 24 (C) 27 (J) 23 (P) 26 (B) 29 (Q)  21 (D) 24 (C) 27 (J) 23 (P) 26 (B) 29 (Q)
51 (M) 54 (U) 57 (Y) 53 (W) 56 (F) 59 (K)  51 (M) 54 (U) 57 (Y) 53 (W) 56 (F) 59 (K)
81 (~) 84 (X) 87 (G) 83 (Z) 86 (V) 89 (L)  81 (~) 84 (X) 87 (G) 83 (Z) 86 (V) 89 (L)
Fn状态下, 单键单击为  In the Fn state, single click is
1 (1) 2(2) 3(3) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(7) 8(8) 9(9) 0(0) *(*)  1 (1) 2(2) 3(3) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(7) 8(8) 9(9) 0(0) *(*)
桩键双键组合的字符为  The character of the pile key double key combination is
21 (F1) 24 (F2) 27 (F3) 23 (F4) 26 (F5) 29 (F6)  21 (F1) 24 (F2) 27 (F3) 23 (F4) 26 (F5) 29 (F6)
51 (Home) 54 (―) 57 (End) 53 († ) 56 (→) 59 ( )  51 (Home) 54 (―) 57 (End) 53 (†) 56 (→) 59 ( )
81 (F7) 84 (F8) 87 (F9) 83 (F10) 86 (Fll) 89 (F12)  81 (F7) 84 (F8) 87 (F9) 83 (F10) 86 (Fll) 89 (F12)
5* (调大声音) 8* (静音) 0* (调小声音)  5* (tune up the sound) 8* (mute) 0* (tune the sound)
5# (选上一节目) 8# (选下一节目) 0# (播放 /暂停)  5# (select a program) 8# (select the next program) 0# (play/pause)
Fn状态下, 非桩键双键组合的功能  The function of non-pile key double key combination in Fn state
#4 (FnLock) #7 (Sym Lock) #* (Alt Lock)  #4 (FnLock) #7 (Sym Lock) #* (Alt Lock)
Fn状态下, 本实施例采用带小键盘版本  In the Fn state, this embodiment uses a version with a keypad.
13 (+) 16 (*) 19 (windows键)  13 (+) 16 (*) 19 (windows key)
43 (/) 46 (-) 49 (.)  43 (/) 46 (-) 49 (.)
73 (Prt.Scr) 76 (Scroll Lock) 79 (Pause)  73 (Prt.Scr) 76 (Scroll Lock) 79 (Pause)
Sym状态下,单键单击为  In the Sym state, single click is
1(*) 2(@) 3 (#) 4(Λ) 5( ) 6($)7( &) 8 (!) 9(-) 0 (° ) 1(*) 2(@) 3 (#) 4( Λ ) 5( ) 6($)7( &) 8 (!) 9(-) 0 (° )
桩键双键组合的字符为  The character of the pile key double key combination is
21 (') 24 (:) 27 (I) 23 (,,) 26 (;) 29 (?)  21 (') 24 (:) 27 (I) 23 (,,) 26 (;) 29 (?)
51 (() 54 ([) 57 ({) 53 ()) 56 (]) 59 (})  51 (() 54 ([) 57 ({) 53 ()) 56 (]) 59 (})
81 (\) 84 (<) 87 ( + ) 83 (/) 86 (>) 89 ( )  81 (\) 84 (<) 87 ( + ) 83 (/) 86 (>) 89 ( )
非桩键双键组合的字符为  The character of the non-pile key double key combination is
13 (〇) 16 (△) 19 (…)  13 (〇) 16 (△) 19 (...)
43 († ) 46 (→) 49 ( I )  43 (†) 46 (→) 49 ( I )
73 (□) 76 (◊) 79 (―)  73 (□) 76 (◊) 79 (―)
按下 Alt时, Alt+字母、 Alt+功能的相应功能输出,  When Alt is pressed, the corresponding function output of Alt+Letter, Alt+ function,
其中, Alt+* (语言 /输入法切换键)  Among them, Alt+* (language / input method switch button)
Alt锁定状态下, Alt+Fn的功能的相应功能输出;  In the Alt lock state, the corresponding function output of the Alt+Fn function;
Crtl状态下, Crtl+字母、 Crtl+功能、 Crtl (侧键) +Fn的功能、 Crtl (侧键) +Alt+字母、 Crtl (侧键) +Alt+功能、 Crtl (侧键) +Shift+字母、 Crtl (侧键) +Shift+功能, Crtl (侧键) + Alt (侧键) +Shift+字母、 Crtl (侧键) +Alt (侧键) +Shift+功能, Crtl (侧键) +Alt (侧键) +Fn的功能的相应功能输出; Crtl state, Crtl+ letter, Crtl+ function, Crtl (side bond) + Fn function, Crtl (side key) + Alt+ letter, Crtl (side key) + Alt+ function, Crtl (side key) + Shift+ letter, Crtl (side Key) +Shift+ function, Crtl (side key) + Alt (side key) +Shift+letter, Crtl (side key) +Alt (side key) +Shift+ function, Crtl (side key) +Alt (side key) The corresponding function output of the +Fn function;
Fn锁定状态下, Shift+ Fn的功能, Crtl (侧键) +Shift+ Fn的功能的相应功能输出; 以下未被启用双键并击组合键为  In Fn lock state, Shift+Fn function, Crtl (side key) + Shift+Fn function corresponding function output; the following is not enabled double key and hit combination key
04 07 06 09 2* 3* 1# 2#  04 07 06 09 2* 3* 1# 2#
以下未被启用三键并击组合键为  The following three keys are not enabled and the combination key is
123 126 129 12* 153 156 159 15*  123 126 129 12* 153 156 159 15*
183 186 189 18* 103 106 109 10*  183 186 189 18* 103 106 109 10*
423 426 429 42* 453 456 459 45*  423 426 429 42* 453 456 459 45*
483 486 489 48* 403 406 409 40*  483 486 489 48* 403 406 409 40*
723 726 729 72* 753 756 759 75*  723 726 729 72* 753 756 759 75*
783 786 789 78* 703 706 709 70*  783 786 789 78* 703 706 709 70*
#23 #26 #29 #2* #53 #56 #59 #5*  #23 #26 #29 #2* #53 #56 #59 #5*
#83 #86 #89 #8* #03 #06 #09 #0*  #83 #86 #89 #8* #03 #06 #09 #0*
在 12宫数字键盘中, 共有 122个键或键组合, 已启用了 12个单键单击, 48个双键并击组 合, 合计 50个键和键组合; 尚未启用 8个双键并击组合, 64个三键并击组合, 合计 72个 键组合。  In the 12-digit numeric keypad, there are 122 keys or key combinations, 12 single-clicks have been enabled, 48 double-key combinations have been combined, and 50 keys and key combinations have been combined; 8 double-key combinations have not been enabled. , 64 three-button combination, totaling 72 key combinations.
这样, 本实施例的和弦键盘 17个按键的组合 (和弦) 键位全部替代了 QWERT 102键盘 所有的英文字母、 所有符号和所有的功能, 并且还多增符号和功能, 但只用到不到一半的组 合键位, 依然有潜力可用。  Thus, the combination (chord) key of the 17 keys of the chord keyboard of the embodiment all replaces all the English letters, all symbols and all functions of the QWERT 102 keyboard, and also adds symbols and functions, but only uses less Half of the combined keys still have the potential to be available.
所述键盘的键位排布非常有规律, 容易形成关联记忆, 桩键 2的单键字母是圆形的 0, 该键桩键双键组合的所有字母 21 (D)、 24 (C)、 27 (J)、 23 (P)、 26 (B)、 29 (Q) 都具有 圆弧形, 桩键 5、 8的单键字母是直线形的11、 I, 其键桩键双键组合的字母大都具有直线形特 点, 如 51 (M)、 57 (Y)、 53 (W)、 56 (F)、 59 (K)、 84 (X)、 83 (Z)、 86 (V)、 89 (L), 并且, 敲击这些字母时的指法与字母构造也非常吻合, 如 24 (C)、 27 (J)、 23 (P)、 26 (B)、 29 (Q) 51 (M)、 57 (Y)、 53 (W)、 56 (F)、 59 (K)、 84 (X)、 83 (Z)、 86 (V)、 89 (L) 等; Sym状态下,所述键盘的单键 2357的符号与 QWERT键盘的对应数字键的符号完全相同, 1(*) 4(Λ) 6($) 8 (!) 9(-) 0 ( ° ) 有差别, 其中, 1(*) 3(#)与*、 #上下相对, 2 ( @ ) 与 单键单击字母 0和 6($)与单键单击字母 S相似, 5 ( ) 和 7 (&) 分别与单键单击字母 Η、 A (and) 有关联; 桩键双键组合的符号按左右对称排布, 21 ( ' ) 对应 23 (")、 24 (:) 对应 26 (;)、 27 ( I )对应 29 (?)、 51 ( ()对应 53 ( ))、 54 ( [)对应 56 (] )、 57 ( { )对应 59 ( } )、 81 (\) 对应 83 (/)、 84 (<) 对应 86 (>) 87 (+) 对应 89 (_), 而且, 81 (\)、 83 (/) 84The key position of the keyboard is very regular, and it is easy to form an associated memory. The single-key letter of the pile key 2 is a circular 0, and all the letters 21 (D), 24 (C) of the double-key combination of the key pile key, 27 (J), 23 (P), 26 (B), 29 (Q) all have a circular arc shape, and the single-key letters of the pile keys 5 and 8 are linear, 11, and their key piles are double-keyed. Most letters have linear features such as 51 (M), 57 (Y), 53 (W), 56 (F), 59 (K), 84 (X), 83 (Z), 86 (V), 89 ( L), and, the fingering and letter construction when striking these letters also fit very well, such as 24 (C), 27 (J), 23 (P), 26 (B), 29 (Q) 51 (M), 57 (Y), 53 (W), 56 (F), 59 (K), 84 (X), 83 (Z), 86 (V), 89 (L), etc.; in the Sym state, the single key of the keyboard The symbol of 2357 is exactly the same as the symbol of the corresponding numeric key of the QWERT keyboard. 1(*) 4( Λ ) 6($) 8 (!) 9(-) 0 ( ° ) is different, where 1(*) 3( #) with *, #上上对, 2 ( @ ) with a single click on the letters 0 and 6 ($) similar to the one click on the letter S, 5 ( ) and 7 (&) respectively with a single click on the letter Η , A (and) is associated; The symbols of the key double key combination are arranged symmetrically left and right, 21 ( ' ) corresponds to 23 ("), 24 (:) corresponds to 26 (;), 27 (I) corresponds to 29 (?), 51 (() corresponds to 53 ( ) ), 54 ([) corresponds to 56 (] ), 57 ( { ) corresponds to 59 ( } ), 81 (\) corresponds to 83 (/), 84 (<) corresponds to 86 (>) 87 (+) corresponds to 89 (_) , and, 81 (\), 83 (/) 84
(<)、 86 (>) 指法与符号外形构造吻合, 29组合字母为 Q, 符号为 "?", 具有意义关联, 非常好记; Fn状态下, 功能键 F1-F6和 F7-F12分别对应桩键 2和 8的双键组合, 光标移动 键 54 (―)、 53 († )、 56 (→)、 59 ( I )敲击指法与箭头方向一致, 同样易记好用, 所以, 所述键盘各个键位排布规律性极强, 好学易记, 上手极快, 完全没有学习负担。 (<), 86 (>) The fingering is consistent with the symbol shape structure. 29 The combination letter is Q, the symbol is "?", which has meaning association, which is very easy to remember. In the Fn state, the function keys F1-F6 and F7-F12 correspond respectively. The double key combination of the pile keys 2 and 8, the cursor movement keys 54 (-), 53 (†), 56 (→), 59 (I) tap fingering are in the same direction as the arrow, and are also easy to remember, so The key positions of the keyboard are very regular, easy to learn and easy to remember, very fast to get started, and there is no learning burden at all.
所述键盘还具有独创的标注方法, 进一步减轻初学者的学习负担, 参见图 4, 每个 12数 字键的按键标记区横向分为中区、 左区、 右区三个分区, 按键中区用于表示该键单键单击时 输出的字符, 左区和右区用于表示具有该键参与的双键双击组合输出的字符; 同时, 按键标 记区分为色四 (S4) 底色和色五 (S5) 底色两种底色部分, 色四 (S4) 底色部分用来标记无 辅助按键按下和 SYM状态下的和弦键输出, 色五 (S5 )底色部分用来标记 Fn状态下的和弦 键输出; 中区分为上下两层, 其中一层以色四 (S4) 底色五 (S5) 字体标记单键单击对应的 字母及 Sym状态下对应的符号, 该符号比单键字母的字体略小并处在该单键字母的右上侧, 另一层以色五 (S5) 底色四 (S4) 字体标记 Fn状态下单键单击对应的数字、 符号; 所述数 字键的左区和右区自上而下排列的 3组或 3个字符, 分别用来标记具有该键的双键并击的组 合输出, 同时, 这些字符在该按键的左区或右区的上下位置对应指明组成此字符的双键并击 的另一个按键在其所在列的上下位置, 即左区或右区的字符具有三层含义, 首先, 表明此字 符是一个两列按键之间的双键组合的输出, 其次, 表明此字符是其所在按键参与的双键组合 的输出, 最后, 此字符在左区或右区的上下位置对应指明另一列按键中参与此双键组合的那 个按键在其所在列的上下位置; 键盘上三行中列按键 258 (桩键) 的左区和右区分别用于表 示该桩键与左列按键 147和右列按键 369双键并击组合时输出的字母和符号, 左区和右区自 上而下排列的 3组字母及符号分别按方位标记该键与 3X3方阵的左列和右列 3个桩键双键并 击组合对应的字母及 Sym状态下的符号, 以色四 (S4)底色五 (S5)字体的字母及符号分别 标记与按键 147 (369)之间桩键双键组合对应的字母及 Sym状态下的符号, 其中, 在本实施 例中, Sym状态下的双键符号靠近外侧, 双键字母靠近中区; 左列按键 147靠近桩键的右区 和右列按键 368靠近桩键的左区分别具有 3个自上而下排列的色五 (S5) 底色四 (S4) 字体 对应标记 Fn状态下该键与桩键 258双键组合的功能;左列按键 147靠近外侧的左区自上而下 排列的 3个色四 (S4) 底色五 (S5) 字体功能符按方位标记该键与右列按键 369非桩键双键 并击组合对应功能,右列按键 368靠近外侧的右区自上而下排列的 3个色五(S5)底色四(S4) 字体功能符按方位标记 Fn状态下该键与左列按键 147非桩键双键并击组合对应功能;以上的 标注法也应用在按键 456789*0#组成的 3X3方阵中, 按键 *与按键 69#的双键并击组合分别按 方位用色五 (S5) 字体标记在该键左区的色四 (S4) 底部分, Fn状态下按键 #与 47*的双键 并击组合分别按方位用色四 (S4) 字体标记在该键左区色五 (S5) 底部分, Fn状态下按键 * 或#与按键 580双键并击组合分别按方位用色四 (S4) 字体标记在该键左区或右区色五 (S5) 底部分, 0键单键 Shift状态下的上档符号 "=" 和 Sym状态下的符号 " ° "用色五(S5)字 体分别标记在该键单键符号 ","左上方和右上方; Fn 是辅助功能键中唯一的色四 (S4) 字 体色五(S5)底按键, 其他辅助功能键 Shift、 Sym, Ctrl、 Alt均为色五(S5)字体色四 (S4) 色底; 色四 (S4) 与色五 (S5) 色彩深浅相反, 即色四 (S4) 为浅色, 色五 (S5 ) 为深色, 或者, 色四 (S4) 为深色, 色五 (S5) 为浅色。 The keyboard also has an original labeling method to further reduce the learning burden of beginners, see Figure 4, each 12 number The key mark area of the word key is divided into three sections: middle area, left area and right area. The middle area of the button is used to indicate the character output when the key is clicked, and the left area and the right area are used to indicate that the key is involved. The double button double-clicks the combined output character; at the same time, the button mark is divided into two background parts: color four (S4) background color and color five (S5) background color, and color four (S4) background color portion is used to mark no auxiliary button. Press and chord key output in SYM state, color five (S5) background part is used to mark the chord key output in Fn state; the middle is divided into upper and lower layers, one of which is colored four (S4) background color five ( S5) Font Marking Click the corresponding letter and the corresponding symbol in the Sym state. The symbol is slightly smaller than the font of the single-key letter and is on the upper right side of the single-key letter, and the other layer is colored five (S5). Color four (S4) font mark Fn state single click on the corresponding number, symbol; the left and right areas of the number key are arranged from top to bottom of 3 groups or 3 characters, respectively used to mark the key The combined output of the double-key hit, while these characters are in the left area of the button The upper and lower positions of the right area correspond to the upper and lower positions of the column indicating the double key that constitutes the character, that is, the character of the left area or the right area has three meanings. First, it indicates that the character is a two-column button. The output of the double key combination between the two, secondly, indicates that the character is the output of the double key combination in which the key is involved. Finally, the character corresponding to the upper and lower positions of the left or right area indicates that the other column of the button participates in the double key combination. The button is in the up and down position of its column; the left and right areas of the column button 258 (pile key) in the three rows on the keyboard are respectively used to indicate that the pile key and the left column button 147 and the right column button 369 are double-clicked. The letters and symbols output when combining, the three groups of letters and symbols arranged from top to bottom in the left and right regions are respectively marked by the orientation. The keys are combined with the left and right columns of the 3X3 square matrix and the three pile keys are combined with each other. The letter in the letter and Sym state, the letter and symbol in the color four (S4) background color (S5) font are respectively marked with the letter corresponding to the key double key combination between the button 147 (369) and the symbol in the Sym state. , in, in this In the example, the double key symbol in the Sym state is near the outer side, and the double key letter is close to the middle area; the left column button 147 is adjacent to the right and left column buttons 368 of the pile key, and the left area near the pile key has three top-down rows respectively. The color five (S5) background color four (S4) font corresponds to the function of the key combination of the key and the pile key 258 in the Fn state; the left column button 147 is adjacent to the outer left area and is arranged in three colors from top to bottom ( S4) The bottom color five (S5) font function is marked by the direction. The key and the right column button 369 are non-pile key double-click and combine the corresponding functions. The right column button 368 is close to the outer right area and is arranged from top to bottom. Five (S5) background color four (S4) font function according to the orientation mark Fn state, the key and the left column button 147 non-pile key double-key combination combination function; the above labeling method is also applied to the button 456789*0# In the 3X3 square matrix, the key combination of the button* and the button 69# is respectively marked by the azimuth color five (S5) font in the left part of the key area (S4), and in the Fn state, the keys # and 47 * The double-key combination of the two keys is marked by the color of the four-color (S4) font in the left part of the key (S5). In the Fn state, the button * or # and the button 580 double-key combination are respectively marked by the orientation color four (S4) font in the left or right area of the key five (S5) bottom part, 0 key single key Shift state The upper symbol "=" and the symbol "°" in the Sym state are marked with the color five (S5) font in the upper left and upper right of the key single symbol ","; Fn is the only color four in the auxiliary function key ( S4) Font color five (S5) bottom button, other auxiliary function keys Shift, Sym, Ctrl, Alt are color five (S5) font color four (S4) color base; color four (S4) and color five (S5) color The opposite is true, that is, the color four (S4) is light, the color five (S5) is dark, or the color four (S4) is dark, and the color five (S5) is light.
本实施例的所述键盘相邻的 12数字键的键体相互紧贴,这些按键所有符号都标记在各自 的键体之上, 包括其按键的键顶或按键的键顶及键体的侧边。 色四 (S4)为浅色, 色五 (S5) 为深色。  The keys of the adjacent 12-digit keys of the keyboard of the embodiment are closely attached to each other, and all the symbols of the keys are marked on the respective key bodies, including the key tops of the keys or the key tops of the keys and the side of the key body. side. Color four (S4) is light, and color five (S5) is dark.
这种 12数字键采用深浅双底色 +双色字体的按键, 加上按键标记区中区标记单键单击, 左右两区标记双键双击, 辅以相对方位和桩键组合居中列、 非桩键组合处在两边列的标注方 法, 非常有效地将所有单键和大部分双键组合键位的字符和功能一一对应注释 (非桩键双键 组合的符号除外, 未标注), 把关系错综复杂的单键和双键组合输出整理得隶属明确、 清晰, 一目了然, 看着键盘标注, 可引导手指正确操控所述键盘, 可以边看边练习, 自然而然地完 全记忆而进入盲打状态, 学习成本和代价极低, 极易上手操作。 The 12-digit key uses a double-dark color + two-color font button, plus a button click area, a single-click, a left-and-right two-zone double-click, supplemented by a relative orientation and a pile key combination centered, non-pile Key combination is a labeling method on both sides of the column, which effectively corresponds to the characters and functions of all single keys and most double-key combination keys one by one (non-pile double key) Except for the combined symbols, not marked), the intricate single-key and double-key combination output is organized clearly and clearly, at a glance, looking at the keyboard label, can guide the finger to correctly manipulate the keyboard, you can practice while watching, naturally When the ground is completely memorized and enters the blind state, the learning cost and the cost are extremely low, and it is extremely easy to operate.
由于标注空间有限加上非常容易记忆的原因, 以下汉字五笔 (图 7) 和汉字一键双音拼 音 (图 5、 6) 的键位没有在所述键盘的按键上标注。  Due to the limited space of the labeling and the reason that it is very easy to remember, the following Chinese character five strokes (Fig. 7) and the Chinese character one-touch two-tone spelling (Fig. 5, 6) are not marked on the keys of the keyboard.
所述键盘也可用于汉字五笔输入法和拼音输入法。  The keyboard can also be used for Chinese character Wubi input method and Pinyin input method.
所述键盘的键位具有一键双音的汉语拼音输入法如下:  The Chinese pinyin input method of the key of the keyboard having a key double tone is as follows:
一键双音拼音输入状态下,每个单键和桩键双键并击组合的键位分别对应一个声母和一 个复合韵母或一个单字韵母和一个复合韵母, 以有无同时按下辅助功能键 Shift或 "复韵"加 以区别, 数字 0123456789 #*为键或键组合, 括弧 "()" 内对应相应输出的声母, 韵母: 参见图 5, 单键单击为  In the one-key two-tone pinyin input state, each single-key and pile-key double-key combination combination key corresponds to one initial and one composite final or one single-final and one composite final, to press the auxiliary function key at the same time. Shift or "Fu Yun" to distinguish, the number 0123456789 #* is the key or key combination, brackets "()" corresponding to the corresponding output of the initials, final: See Figure 5, single-click
1 (t) 2(o) 3 (r)  1 (t) 2(o) 3 (r)
4 (e) 5(h) 6(s)  4 (e) 5(h) 6(s)
7 (a) 8(1) 9 (n)  7 (a) 8(1) 9 (n)
0 (,) * (space) # (·)  0 (,) * (space) # (·)
桩键双键并击为  Pile key double click
21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)  21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)
51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)  51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)
81 (ch) 84 (x) 87 (g) 83 (z) 86 (u) 89 (1)  81 (ch) 84 (x) 87 (g) 83 (z) 86 (u) 89 (1)
其中, 组合键 81对应声母 ch , 组合键 86 v对应韵母 U;  Wherein, the combination key 81 corresponds to the initial mother ch, and the combination key 86 v corresponds to the final vowel U;
?=见图 6, Shift+键或键组合,括弧 '()" 内对应相应输出的第二复式韵母  ? = see Figure 6, Shift + key or key combination, brackets '()" corresponding to the corresponding output of the second complex vowel
Shift+单键单击为  Shift+one click for
Shift+1 (ui) Shift+2 (iu) Shift+3 (un)  Shift+1 (ui) Shift+2 (iu) Shift+3 (un)
Shift+4 (ei) Shift+5(ie) Shift+6(en)  Shift+4 (ei) Shift+5(ie) Shift+6(en)
Shift+7 (ai) Shift+8(ia) Shift+9 (an)  Shift+7 (ai) Shift+8(ia) Shift+9 (an)
Shift+0 (zh) Shift+#(sh)  Shift+0 (zh) Shift+#(sh)
Shift+桩键双键并击为  Shift+pile double key and click
Shift+21 (uo) Shift+24 (ue) Shift+27 (ua)  Shift+21 (uo) Shift+24 (ue) Shift+27 (ua)
Shift+23 (uai ) Shift+26 (uan) Shift+29 (uang)  Shift+23 (uai ) Shift+26 (uan) Shift+29 (uang)
Shift+51 (ong) Shift+54 (ou) Shift+57 (eng)  Shift+51 (ong) Shift+54 (ou) Shift+57 (eng)
Shift+53 (iong) Shift+56 (in) Shift+59 (ing)  Shift+53 (iong) Shift+56 (in) Shift+59 (ing)
Shift+81 (ao) Shift+84 (er) Shift+87 (ang)  Shift+81 (ao) Shift+84 (er) Shift+87 (ang)
Shift+83 (iao) Shift+86 (ian) Shift+89 (iang)  Shift+83 (iao) Shift+86 (ian) Shift+89 (iang)
连续输入声母或首音韵母组合, 相应的词组以 "数字(词组)"方式出现在状态栏中, 按 照状态栏的提示按下数字键, 相应的词组上屏; 输入声母 +韵母组合, 相应的单字或词组以 "数字 (单字或词组)"方式出现在状态栏中, 按照状态栏的提示按下数字键, 相应的单字 或词组上屏; 输入拼音后, 按 * (空格 space)键, 数字为 1的单字或词组直接上屏; 输入字 母后, 直接按下 79组合的回车键位, 字母以英文方式直接上屏; 以辅助功能按键 "复韵" 替代 Shift, 辅助功能按键 "复韵"处在按键 0下方的辅助功能键区。 Continuously input the initial or initial vowel combination, the corresponding phrase appears in the status bar in the form of "number (phrase)", press the number key according to the prompt of the status bar, the corresponding phrase is on the screen; input the initial + final combination, corresponding A single word or phrase appears in the status bar as a "number (word or phrase)". Press the number key as prompted by the status bar, and the corresponding word or phrase is on the screen; after typing pinyin, press * (space), number The word or phrase of 1 is directly on the screen; after inputting the letter, directly press the return key of the combination of 79, the letter is directly on the screen in English; with the auxiliary function button "Fu Yun" Instead of Shift, the auxiliary function button "Fu Yun" is located in the auxiliary function keypad below button 0.
例如, 先后输入 5 (h)、 84 (x), 则状态栏会出现以此两个声母组成的词组 " 1.好象 2. 好些 需要 3次翻页才能找到词组 "和弦", 按相应数字词组 "和弦"直接上屏; 先后输 入 5 (h)、 4 (e)、 84 (x)、 Shift+86 (ian), 则词组 "和弦"直接会在状态栏出现 " 1.和弦 2. 和县.3.河鲜 ....", 再按 * (空格 space) 键, 数字为 1 的词组 "和弦"直接上屏。 这样可以减 少具有多韵母文字的拼音输入次数。  For example, if you enter 5 (h), 84 (x) one by one, the phrase "two choruses will appear in the status bar" 1. It seems that you need 3 pages to find the phrase "chords", press the corresponding number The phrase "chord" is directly on the screen; enter 5 (h), 4 (e), 84 (x), Shift+86 (ian), then the phrase "chord" will appear directly in the status bar " 1. Chord 2. and County.3.河鲜....", press * (space space) again, the phrase "chord" with the number 1 is directly on the screen. This can reduce the number of pinyin input with multiple vowel words.
在英文字母键位记忆的基础上, 背记各个键位的另一个韵母后, 就可非常方便地使用这 种一键双音拼音输入法, 而且每个键位的第二韵母非常好记, 参见图 6—键双音拼音法第二 音符 (韵母) 的各键位示意图, 第一排与 11、 0相关, 第二排与 E、 I相关, 第三排与八、 I 相关, 排列非常有规律, 非常容易记忆。  On the basis of the English alphabet key memory, after memorizing another final vowel of each key position, it is very convenient to use this one-key two-tone pinyin input method, and the second final vowel of each key position is very memorable. See Figure 6 - Keystrokes of the second note (final) of the two-tone pinyin method. The first row is related to 11, 0, the second row is related to E and I, the third row is related to eight, I, and the arrangement is very Regular, very easy to remember.
由于所述键盘与 QWERT键盘具有相互映射的对应关系, 所以不仅拼音输入法可以移植 到所述键盘, 汉字五笔输入法等各种智能输入法也同样可以移植过来。  Since the keyboard and the QWERT keyboard have a mapping relationship with each other, not only the pinyin input method can be transplanted to the keyboard, but also various intelligent input methods such as the Chinese character five-stroke input method can be transplanted.
下面就是利用所述键盘的汉字五笔输入法实例。  The following is an example of a Chinese character wubi input method using the keyboard.
采用 5区 5键位的汉字五笔输入法, 参见图 7, 采用所述标注法注释 5区 5键位的汉字 五笔输入法。  The Chinese character five-stroke input method using the 5-zone 5-key position, see Figure 7, using the annotation method to annotate the 5-character 5-character Chinese character five-stroke input method.
5区 5键位的汉字五笔输入法各单键和桩键双击组合 (和弦) 对应的笔画、 字根、 偏旁 分别如下, 对应英文字母, 数字 0123456789为键或键组合, 括弧 "()" 内为对应的区位码, 键名汉字, 字根 /偏旁; 识别码 1-左右型、 2-上下型、 3-杂合型 4-单体型: 5-zone 5-key Chinese character five-stroke input method Each single key and pile key double-click combination (chord) The corresponding strokes, roots, and radicals are as follows, corresponding to English letters, the number 0123456789 is a key or key combination, brackets "()" For the corresponding location code, key name Chinese characters, root/adjacent; identification code 1 - left and right type, 2 upper and lower type, 3-hybrid type 4 type:
—区横起笔 — District horizontal pen
T 1 (11, 王, 王 主 牛 )  T 1 (11, Wang, Wang Zhuniu)
02 (12, 土, 土 寸未甘兩二寸丰)  02 (12, soil, soil, not worth two or two inches)
C 24 (13, 大, 大犬戊其古石厂三^少  C 24 (13, big, big dog Wuqi ancient stone factory three ^ less
Μ 15 (14, 木, 木丁西 D  Μ 15 (14, Wood, Muding West D
D 12 (15, 工, 工戈七 EH?弋  D 12 (15, work, workers Ge seven EH?弋
二区竖起笔  Two district erect pens
Η 5 (21, 目, 目±±卜卜 Ac少产 I且)  Η 5 (21, 目,目±±卜卜 Ac production I and)
18 (22, 日, 日早曰虫口 UIUIU)  18 (22, day, early morning 曰 口 UIUIU)
G 78 (23, 口, 口川 IL |[[ )  G 78 (23, Mouth, Mouth IL |[[ )
L 18 (24, 田, 田四甲 ΐϊΪΛ™110»113·^) L 18 (24, Tian, Tian SijiaΐϊΪΛTM 110 » 113 ·^)
、 18 (25, 山, 山由贝几 ΠΠ Π)  , 18 (25, mountain, mountain by Baye ΠΠ Π)
三区 nst^笔  Three districts nst^ pen
E4 (31,禾,禾竹 夂 JC^ J )  E4 (31, Wo, Hezhu 夂 JC^ J )
A 7 (32, 白, 白; 丘手 ί乂厂  A 7 (32, white, white; Qiu hand ί乂 factory
Υ 57 (33, 月, 月用力毛臼衣豸 日  Υ 57 (33, month, month, hairy coat, day
X 48 (34, 人, 人八几 rU ^)  X 48 (34, person, person eight or more rU ^)
U 45 (35, 金, 金夕儿 仓¾3勺夕夕 几)  U 45 (35, gold, gold eve child warehouse 3⁄43 spoon 夕 夕)
四区 ^^笔  Four districts ^^ pen
S 6 (41, 言, t ¾¾r^^ i)  S 6 (41, words, t 3⁄43⁄4r^^ i)
N 9 (42,立,立羊辛六门廿、 舟 )  N 9 (42, Li, Li Yang Xin Liumen, boat)
V 68 (43, 水, 水小 Γ 、"^Χ^Ιβ A^R )  V 68 (43, water, water Γ, "^Χ^Ιβ A^R )
K 59 (44, 火, 火 IkT米,, ,、产  K 59 (44, fire, fire IkT meters,,,, production
F 56 (45, 之, 之  F 56 (45, of, of
R 3 (51, 已, 已巳 己尸 ' 十小、尸目 =· ) R 3 (51, has, already smashed corpse 'ten small, corpse =·)
Z 38 (52, 子, 子了耳乃皮也卩 |5 Li )  Z 38 (52, child, son, ear, skin, 卩 |5 Li )
W 35 (53, 女, 女刀九 B艮日 33)  W 35 (53, female, female knife nine B-day 33)
B 26 (54, 又, 又巴 4厶 7)  B 26 (54, again, and B. 4厶 7)
P 23 (55, 纟, 纟纟母匕弓 A t ¾乜) 机动  P 23 (55, 纟, 纟纟母匕 bow A t 3⁄4乜) maneuver
J 27 (机动);  J 27 (mobile);
键名汉字的输入码为对应键或键组合连击四次; 键名之外成字的字根其输入码为: 键位 码 +首笔笔划码 +第二笔笔划码 +末笔笔划码; 汉字输入的取码方式, 依笔顺取该字的第一字 根码十第二字根码十第三字根码 +最末一个字根码; 不满四个字根的汉字, 依笔顺取该字的 第一字根码 + 第二字根码+第三字根码, 然后再补识别码, 或第一字根码 +第二字根码 + 末笔识别码 +空格键; 词组的取码方式, 双字词组: 第一个字的前二个字根码 +第二个字的 前二个字根码, 三字词组: 第一个字的第一个字根码 +第二个字的第一个字根码 +第三个字 的前二个字根码, 四字词组: 依次取每一个字的第一个字根码, 多字词组: 前三个字的第一 个字根 +最后一个字的第一个字根; 双键组合 27用来代替不明确的输入字根。 The input code of the key name Chinese character is the corresponding key or key combination combo four times; the root of the key name is the input code of the key: the key code + the first stroke code + the second stroke code + the last stroke code ; Chinese character input code acquisition method, according to the pen, the first root code of the word, the second root code, the third root code + the last root code; the Chinese characters that are less than four roots, follow the pen The first root code of the word + the second root code + the third root code, and then the identification code, or the first root code + the second root code + The last pen identification code + space bar; the word acquisition method of the phrase, double word phrase: the first two root codes of the first word + the first two root codes of the second word, three words: first The first root code of the word + the first root code of the second word + the first two root code of the third word, the four-word phrase: take the first root of each word in turn Code, multi-word phrase: the first root of the first three words + the first root of the last word; the double-key combination 27 is used instead of the ambiguous input root.
例如,  E.g,
<火>识别码 43V(68)键位的键名, 其输入码为 V(68)、 V(68)、 V(68)、 V(68)  <Fire> identification code The key name of the 43V (68) key, the input code is V (68), V (68), V (68), V (68)
<雨>在 0 (2) 键位上, 取 T ( 1 )、 0 (2)、 H (5)、 S (6) <rain> on the 0 (2) key, take T ( 1 ), 0 (2), H (5), S (6)
<字>取 (56)、 子 Q (29)、 识别码 120 (2) <word> fetch (56), sub Q (29), identification code 120 (2)
<富>取 (56)、 一 T ( 1 )、 口 G (78)、 田 L ( 89) <Fu>take (56), one T (1), mouth G (78), Tian L (89)
其中 ()内是对应的键或键组合。 Where () is the corresponding key or key combination.
因为重新排布, 本键盘的五笔各个英文字母键位与 QWERT键盘的英文键位完全不同, 但 各区各键位排布极有规律, 按照横平竖直, 左撇右捺的特点排布, 操作时完全没有英文字母 键位概念, 不用背记键位, 极易上手, 无需标注, 参见图 7, 横起笔的 1区处在 1、 2及 1、 2 与 4、 5的桩键组合键位, 竖起笔的 2区处在 5、 8及 8与 3、 7、 1的桩键组合键位, 撇起笔 的 3区处在 4、 7及 4、 7与 5、 8的桩键组合键位, 捺起笔的 4区处在 6、 9及 6、 9与 5、 8 的桩键组合键位, 折起笔的 5区处在 3及 3与 2、 5、 8的桩键组合键位。  Because of the rearrangement, the five English letters of the keyboard are completely different from the English keys of the QWERT keyboard, but the keys of each area are arranged in a regular manner, arranged according to the characteristics of horizontal and vertical, left and right. There is no English letter key concept at all, no need to memorize the key position, it is very easy to get started, no need to mark, see Figure 7, the 1st area of the horizontal pen is at the pile key combination of 1, 2 and 1, 2 and 4, 5. The 2 zones of the pen are placed at the combination of the 5, 8 and 8 and 3, 7, and 1 pile keys, and the 3 zones of the pen are at the pile key combination of 4, 7, and 4, 7 and 5, 8. The 4 zones of the pen are at the combination of the pile keys of 6, 9 and 6, 9 and 5, 8. The 5 zones of the pen are folded at the combination of the 3 and 3 and the 2, 5, and 8 pile keys.
参见图 8, 在结构方面, 所述右手键盘中列按键 2580宽度 302-303为 17-19.5mm, 左 列 147*和右列 369#按键宽度 301-302与 303-304为 13-20mm, 按键 0、 456、 789和其上一行 按键的间隙的中心线与该按键下一行按键的间隙的中心线之间 404-405、 401-402、 402-403、 403-404的高度为 8-15mm, 具有 Space (空格键)功能的按键 *低于按键 0底边的下延部分的 高度 451-452为 8-25mm,按键 #上部宽边 441-451的高度为 8-25mm, 即设置按键 *具有 Space (空格键) 功能, 所述按键 *呈 "倒 L"型, 其顶边与按键 0的顶边平齐, 其底边与所述辅助 功能键区的底边平齐, 其低于按键 0底边的下延部分从左 (右) 侧包裹所述辅助功能键区, 即按键 *的下延部分的右边缘与最左端辅助键按键 Shift 的左边缘非常贴近; 辅助功能键区 Shifts Fn、 Sym、 共同占据的面积高度 406-407为 8-25mm, 宽度为 28-60mm,; 本实施例中, 所述按键 *的左边缘线与 1、 4、 7的左边缘线 301重合, 此时, 所述右手键盘最左端辅助键按 键 Shift的左 (右) 边缘线 501处在按键 *右侧并且不超过按键 7宽度的四分之一, 即 501与 302之间的距离小于按键 *宽度的四分之一。  Referring to FIG. 8, in terms of structure, the column buttons 2580 in the right-hand keyboard have a width 302-303 of 17-19.5 mm, a left column 147* and a right column 369# button widths 301-302 and 303-304 are 13-20 mm, and buttons The heights of 404-405, 401-402, 402-403, 403-404 between 0, 456, 789 and the center line of the gap of the button of the previous row and the center line of the button of the button are 8-15 mm, The button with the Space function* is lower than the height of the lower portion of the button 0, 451-452 is 8-25mm, and the height of the upper wide side 441-451 is 8-25mm, that is, the setting button* has Space (space bar) function, the button * is "inverted L" type, its top edge is flush with the top edge of button 0, and its bottom edge is flush with the bottom edge of the auxiliary function keypad, which is lower than the button 0 The lower extension of the bottom edge wraps the auxiliary function keypad from the left (right) side, ie the right edge of the depressed portion of the button* is very close to the left edge of the leftmost auxiliary button Shift; the auxiliary function keypad Shifts Fn , Sym, shared area height 406-407 is 8-25mm, width is 28-60mm,; In this embodiment, the left edge line of the button* coincides with the left edge line 301 of 1, 4, and 7. At this time, the left (right) edge line 501 of the leftmost auxiliary key of the right hand keyboard is in the button. * Right side and no more than a quarter of the width of button 7, ie the distance between 501 and 302 is less than a quarter of the width of button *.
所述键盘适合于盲打, 在按键 5具有一个凸起的定位标记 601, 辅助按键 Shift上具有一 个凸起的定位标记 602, 用于所述键盘盲打时手指触摸定位。  The keyboard is suitable for blind typing. The button 5 has a raised positioning mark 601. The auxiliary button Shift has a raised positioning mark 602 for finger touch positioning when the keyboard is blindly hit.
考虑到中指比食指或无名指略长些,参见图 9,设置使中列按键 2580键面及边列按键 147* 和 369#的内侧键面呈 "V"或 "U"型下凹, 中列按键最低点到边列按键外侧最高点的连线 与两边列按键外侧最高点连线的夹角 901为 4° ~10° 。  Considering that the middle finger is slightly longer than the index finger or the ring finger, refer to Figure 9. Set the inner key surface of the middle column button 2580 key surface and the side column buttons 147* and 369# to be "V" or "U" type concave, in the middle column. The angle 901 between the lowest point of the button to the highest point on the outer side of the side column button and the highest point on the outer side of the two side column buttons is 4° ~ 10°.
现有 QWERT键盘是双手操控键盘,为照顾左右手而采用键面朝向操作者眼睛的左右平衡 的平铺式摆放, 键尾朝向操作者, 键尾向操作者下半身方向倾斜 0° -45° 角度, 处在相对静 止的状态下, 摆放在办公台或膝上进行操作, 这就是现有键盘不人性化的问题所在, 前文已 经分析了它的弊端, 不再赘述。 参见图 10, 与 QWERT键盘摆放方式不同的是, 所述键盘操作时相对稳定地保持如 下方位, 以便操作者右手进行所述和弦键盘的操作: 以所述键盘尾部朝向操作的右手上臂根 部为目的, 所述键盘尾部以 0~90° 的角度右摆, 以 0~90° 角度向操作者下半身方向倾斜, 这 样就可使操作的右手手臂线与键盘中心线重合; 所述键盘右侧以 0~90° 的角度向操作者下半 身方向倾斜并且键面朝外并朝向操作手掌心。 The existing QWERT keyboard is a two-handed keyboard. The left and right balanced tiled display faces the operator's eyes for the left and right hands. The key end faces the operator, and the key tail is inclined to the operator's lower body by 0° -45°. In a relatively static state, placed on the office desk or laptop to operate, this is the problem of the existing keyboard is not humanized, the above has analyzed its drawbacks, no longer repeat them. Referring to FIG. 10, unlike the QWERT keyboard placement mode, the keyboard is relatively stably maintained in the following orientation, so that the operator performs the operation of the chord keyboard with the right hand: the root of the right hand arm operating with the keyboard tail is The purpose is that the tail of the keyboard swings to the right at an angle of 0-90°, and tilts to the lower half of the operator at an angle of 0-90°, so that the right-hand arm line of the operation coincides with the center line of the keyboard; The angle of 0 to 90° is inclined toward the lower body of the operator with the key surface facing outward and facing the palm of the hand.
即以所述键盘平放并且尾部朝向操作者为基准, 以操作者为参照, 所述右(左)手键 盘尾部右 (左) 摆角度为 0~90° , 顶部上翘角度为 0~90° , 右 (左) 倾角度为 0~90° , 并 相对稳定地保持如上方位, 以便操作者右 (左) 手掌心朝向所述键盘键面, 进行所述和弦键 盘的操作。  That is, the keyboard is laid flat and the tail is oriented toward the operator, with the operator as a reference, the right (left) hand keyboard tail right (left) swing angle is 0~90°, and the top upturn angle is 0~90. °, the right (left) tilt angle is 0~90°, and maintains the above orientation relatively stably, so that the operator's right (left) palm is facing the keyboard key surface, and the chord keyboard is operated.
所述键盘是针对移动操控的单手键盘, 尺寸小, 可单手悬空持握, 就可以采用更为灵活 和人性化的摆放方式: 操作者一手持握所述键盘, 按上述要求调整所述键盘尾部的左或右摆 动和下倾, 并调整所述键盘向左或右的倾斜角度, 使所述键盘的键面朝向另一只操作手的掌 心, 此时, 操作者上臂自然下垂; 前臂平伸, 呈八字形; 无需扭转手腕, 手掌微立或完全竖 直, 双掌心相对, 可在手臂和手腕处在最自然和完全不受力的情况下舒适地进行盲打操作, 而且不受场合限制, 可任意移动操控, 享受极佳的操作体验。  The keyboard is a one-handed keyboard for mobile control, and has a small size and can be held by one hand, so that a more flexible and user-friendly manner can be adopted: the operator holds the keyboard in a hand, and adjusts the position according to the above requirements. The left or right swinging and tilting of the tail of the keyboard, and adjusting the tilting angle of the keyboard to the left or right, so that the key surface of the keyboard faces the palm of the other operating hand, and at this time, the upper arm of the operator naturally hangs down; The forearm is flat and has a figure-eight shape; there is no need to twist the wrist, the palm is slightly or completely vertical, and the palms are opposite each other. The arm and wrist can be comfortably operated blindly under the most natural and completely unstressed conditions, and Subject to occasional restrictions, it can be moved freely and enjoys an excellent operating experience.
第一实施例所述右手键盘按键色四采用白色, 色五采用黑色, 按键 2580 宽度 19mm, 0456789高度 llmm, 123高度 12mm, 147*和 369#的宽度 17mm, *高度 19mm, 按键键面面 积为 54X64mm,键盘尺寸为 60X80X18mm。 所以, 本键盘即可放在桌面上坐在台前由单手操 控, 也可一手悬空持握, 另一只单手操控, 边步行, 边输入, 不拘于台前的桌椅, 不限定操 作姿势, 采用坐姿、 躺姿、 卧姿, 还是步行, 甚至是在颠簸的乘车、 船、 飞机的旅途中, 都 可以使用所述键盘快速输入, 这样就避免了 QWERT键盘必须保持固定姿态输入的弊端, 可 以预防各种累积性肌体病症, 既可提高工作效率, 又可保障身体健康。 第二实施例  In the first embodiment, the right hand keyboard button color is white, the color five is black, the button 2580 is 19 mm wide, the 0456789 is llmm, the 123 height is 12 mm, the width of 147* and 369# is 17 mm, the height is 19 mm, and the key surface area is 54X64mm, the keyboard size is 60X80X18mm. Therefore, the keyboard can be placed on the table and can be operated by one hand in front of the table. It can also be held in one hand. The other one can be controlled by one hand, while walking, inputting, not limited to the table and chair in front of the stage. Posture, sitting, lying, lying, or walking, even on bumpy rides, boats, airplanes, can use the keyboard to quickly input, thus avoiding the QWERT keyboard must maintain a fixed attitude input Disadvantages can prevent a variety of cumulative body conditions, which can improve work efficiency and ensure good health. Second embodiment
第二实施例是一个右手键盘 10与触摸板 220及左右键的组合, 所述右手键盘 10与外壳 一 20通过滑动铰链 B连接, 构成可 "开合" 的手持设备。 所谓 "开合", 是所述设备的打开 和闭合的简称,  The second embodiment is a combination of a right-hand keyboard 10 and a touch panel 220 and left and right keys. The right-hand keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20 are connected by a sliding hinge B to constitute a "opening and closing" handheld device. The so-called "opening and closing" is the abbreviation of the opening and closing of the device.
本实施例中, 所谓闭合, 是指所述键盘 10处在外壳一 20的上方并遮盖外壳一 20, 此时, 此设备是折叠闭合的, 参见图 11, 是所述键盘 10与外壳一 20重叠的示意图; 参见图 12, 所 谓打开, 是指外壳一 20可沿滑动铰链 B向外滑出而打开此设备, 完全露出外壳一 20顶面的 触摸板 220及左右键 201和 202, 所述键盘 10与触摸板 220及左右键 201和 202并排排列, 并稳定地保持该打开的状态。  In the present embodiment, the term "closed" means that the keyboard 10 is above the outer casing 20 and covers the outer casing 20. At this time, the device is folded and closed. Referring to Fig. 11, the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20 are Referring to FIG. 12, the so-called opening means that the outer casing 20 can slide out along the sliding hinge B to open the device, completely exposing the touch panel 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202 of the top surface of the outer casing 20, The keyboard 10 is arranged side by side with the touch panel 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202, and stably maintains the open state.
即所述键盘通过至少一个铰链与手持设备的外壳一连接; 具有一个滑动铰链 B处在所述键 盘 10与外壳一 20之间; 所述铰链具有止动装置, 除闭合状态之外, 可使所述铰链运行至长 度时停止并保持该状态的情况至少出现一次, 以实现具有所述键盘的手持设备的开合; 所述 手持设备的外壳一具有一个 X-Y轴移动控制装置及其左右键; 所述铰链中空, 并具有电气配 线穿过并连接所述键盘和所述外壳一。 参见图 11, 所述右手键盘 10按键 0下方最左端的辅助键 Shift的左边缘线 501处在靠近按 键 1、 4、 7的左边缘线 301的右侧, 最右端辅助键按键的右边缘线 503处在按键 0的右边缘 线 303的左侧, 具有 Space (空格键) 功能的按键 *呈矩形, 其顶边与按键 0的顶边平齐, 其 底边与所述辅助功能键区的底边平齐, 其低于按键 0底边的下延部分从左侧包裹所述辅助功 能键区, 贴近最左端的辅助键 Shift; 在#的下方设置一个由右手的无名指操控的可任意赋值 的按键, 本实施例中, 该按键被赋值为辅助功能键 Ctrl-Hold; 辅助功能键 Ctrl-Hold可实现按 下锁定, 再按下解除; 辅助键区 140具有四个辅助功能键, 所述右手键盘 10按键 0下方在具 有 Shift、 Fn、 Sym的基础上, 还具有辅助功能键 Alt, 其中, 辅助功能键 Shiftl41、 Syml43 处在按键#下方, 辅助功能键 Altl44和 Fnl42处在按键 0下方, Sym和 Alt分别处在 Shift和 Fn的上方。 That is, the keyboard is connected to the outer casing of the handheld device through at least one hinge; having a sliding hinge B between the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20; the hinge has a stopping device, which can be The case where the hinge stops and maintains the state when running to a length at least occurs to realize opening and closing of the handheld device having the keyboard; the outer casing of the handheld device has an XY axis movement control device and left and right keys thereof; The hinge is hollow and has electrical wiring passing through and connecting the keyboard and the outer casing 1. Referring to FIG. 11, the left edge line 501 of the leftmost auxiliary key Shift below the button 0 of the right-hand keyboard 10 is on the right side of the left edge line 301 near the keys 1, 4, 7, and the right edge line of the rightmost auxiliary button 503 is located on the left side of the right edge line 303 of the button 0, and the button * having the Space function is rectangular, the top edge thereof is flush with the top edge of the button 0, and the bottom edge thereof and the auxiliary function keypad are The bottom edge is flush, and the lower portion of the bottom edge of the button 0 is wrapped from the left side of the auxiliary function keypad, adjacent to the leftmost auxiliary key Shift; under the #, a right-hand ring finger can be arbitrarily assigned In the embodiment, the button is assigned the auxiliary function key Ctrl-Hold; the auxiliary function key Ctrl-Hold can realize the press lock, and then press the release; the auxiliary keypad 140 has four auxiliary function keys, The right-hand keyboard 10 under the button 0 has Shift, Fn, Sym, and also has an auxiliary function key Alt, wherein the auxiliary function keys Shiftl41, Syml43 are under the button #, and the auxiliary function keys Altl44 and Fnl42 are below the button 0, Sym and Alt points At the top of the Shift and Fn.
所述键盘相邻的 12数字键的键体相互被机壳隔离, 部分符号标记在各自的键体之上, 其余符号标记各自键体周围的机壳之上, 左列数字键左区符号和右列数字键右区符号中列数 字键两侧的字母被标记在各自按键周围的机壳上, 数字键的最下行符号包括数字符号等也被 标记在各自按键下方的机壳上; 中列数字键中区的单键字母及符号和左右区上两排符号, 左 右列数字键中区的单键字母及符号, 左列数字键右区和右列数字键左区上两排功能符号则被 标记在各自按键键体之上。  The key bodies of the adjacent 12-digit keys of the keyboard are separated from each other by the casing, and some symbols are marked on the respective key bodies, and the remaining symbols are marked on the casing around the respective key bodies, and the left column number keys are left-hand symbols and The letters on the two sides of the numeric keypad in the right-hand column of the right-hand column are marked on the chassis around the respective buttons. The lower-most symbol of the numeric keypad, including the numeric symbols, is also marked on the chassis below the respective buttons; One-button letters and symbols in the middle of the numeric keypad and two rows of symbols on the left and right areas, single-key letters and symbols in the middle and left column of the numeric keypad, left-hand numeric keypad, and two rows of functional symbols in the left-right and right-column numeric keypads. Marked on the respective button body.
以按键的标记区的尺寸作为该按键的边界(作为空格键的按键 *和或 #除外), 此边界高 度为 8~15mm, 中列按键边界宽度 302-303 为 17~20mm, 边列按键边界宽度 301-302 或 303-304为 13~20mm; 所述键盘中列按键 2580横向中点连线是一条直线 322, 称为所述键 盘的中分线; 左列 147按键键体横向中点连线是一条直线 312, 右列 369按键键体横向中点 连线是一条直线 332,中分线 322与直线 312之间的距离等于中分线 322与直线 332之间的 距离, 此距离介于 13~19.5mm; 中列按键键体的宽度 321-323介于 5~19. 5mm, 高度介于 2~15mm; 左列按键与右列按键的键体宽度相等, 介于 5~19. 5mm, 高度介于 2~15mm; 所 述中分线 322至左列按键标记区左侧边 301的距离与至右列按键标记区右侧边 304的距离 相等, 介于 20~30mm之间, 即所述键盘的上三排按键宽度 301-304介于 40~60mm; 所述右 (左) 手辅助按键区宽度为 18~40mm, 高度为 5~25mm, 每个辅助按键高度为 5~12.5mm; 辅助按键区上侧边 451与按键 0上侧边 441的距离高度至少大于按键 0边界高度的 2/3;辅助 按键区最左 (右) 侧按键左 (右) 侧边线 501与左 (右) 边列按键 147 ( 369) 的左 (右) 边界线 301 ( 304) 的距离为 0~15mm; 按键 * (#) 左 (右) 侧边 305与左 (右) 边列按键 147 ( 369) 的左 (右) 边界线 301 ( 304) 的距离为 0~20mm, 即所述按键 * (#) 向外超出 左 (右) 边列按键的距离为 0~20mm; 当按键键体小于其标记区的尺寸时, 相邻的 12数字 键的键体相互被机壳隔离, 部分符号标记在各自的键体之上, 其余符号标记各自键体周围 的机壳之上。  The size of the marked area of the button is used as the boundary of the button (except for the space key * and or #), the boundary height is 8~15mm, and the middle button boundary width 302-303 is 17~20mm, the side column key boundary The width of the button 301-302 or 303-304 is 13~20mm; the horizontal button connection line of the column button 2580 in the keyboard is a straight line 322, which is called the middle line of the keyboard; the left column 147 button key body horizontal midpoint connection The line is a straight line 312, and the right column 369 button body horizontal midpoint line is a line 332, and the distance between the center line 322 and the line 312 is equal to the distance between the center line 322 and the line 332, and the distance is between 5毫米。 The width of the key of the middle button is 32~323. The height of the button is between 5~19. 5mm, the height is between 2~15mm; The height is between 2 and 15 mm; the distance from the center line 322 to the left side 301 of the left column button marking area is equal to the distance to the right side edge 304 of the right column button marking area, and is between 20 and 30 mm, that is, The upper three rows of buttons 301-304 of the keyboard are between 40 and 60 mm; the right (left) hand assists pressing The width of the keypad is 18~40mm, the height is 5~25mm, and the height of each auxiliary button is 5~12.5mm. The height of the upper side 451 of the auxiliary button area and the upper side 441 of the button 0 is at least 2 times higher than the boundary height of the button 0. /3; Auxiliary button area leftmost (right) side button left (right) Side line 501 and left (right) side column button 147 ( 369) left (right) boundary line 301 (304) distance 0~15mm ; Button* (#) Left (Right) The distance between the side 305 and the left (right) side column button 147 ( 369) left (right) boundary line 301 ( 304) is 0~20mm, that is, the button * (# ) The distance beyond the left (right) edge button is 0~20mm; when the button body is smaller than the size of the marked area, the keys of the adjacent 12-digit keys are separated from each other by the chassis, and some symbols are marked in their respective Above the key body, the remaining symbols are marked on the casing around the respective key body.
与第一实施例不同的是, 本实施例中, 具有空格键功能的按键 *111呈矩形, 其左移并 且整体完全超出左列数字按键 147 的范围, 相应地, 辅助键区也左移至靠近左列数字按键 147 的左边缘线 301。 这样, 右手拇指不必内扣, 就可以操控按键 *, 操控辅助键时, 拇指 内扣的程度也可以略小, 从而使操控手拇指操作更加从容。  Different from the first embodiment, in the embodiment, the button *111 having the space bar function has a rectangle, which is shifted to the left and completely exceeds the range of the left column number button 147, and accordingly, the auxiliary keypad is also moved to the left. Near the left edge line 301 of the left column number button 147. In this way, the right thumb does not need to be buckled, and the button can be manipulated. When the auxiliary button is operated, the degree of the thumb buckle can be slightly smaller, so that the manipulation of the thumb is more comfortable.
同样的, 在按键 5和辅助按键 Shift上各具有一个凸起的定位标记, 用于手指触摸定位, 以适合所述键盘盲打之用。 Similarly, each of the button 5 and the auxiliary button Shift has a raised positioning mark for finger touch positioning. To suit the keyboard blind hit.
本实施例的所述键盘也采用双色底色 +双色底色进行标注。  The keyboard of this embodiment is also marked with a two-color base color + a two-color base color.
操作者可左手持键盘, 右手进行 X-Y轴移动控制或所述键盘的和弦键操控。  The operator can hold the keyboard to the left, the X-Y axis movement control of the right hand or the chord key manipulation of the keyboard.
本实施例具有所述键盘的功能与第一实施例的基本相同, 可实现英文、 中文拼音、 中文五 笔输入等操作, 配合外壳一 20顶面的触摸板 220及左右键 201和 202, 可实现几乎所有电脑 的操控, 并且可采用坐姿、 躺姿、 卧姿, 或步行, 较远距离遥控电脑或多媒体电视, 迎合三 网合并时代的来临。 第三实施例  The function of the keyboard has the same function as that of the first embodiment, and can realize operations such as English, Chinese Pinyin, Chinese Wubi input, etc., and the touch panel 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202 on the top surface of the housing 20 can be realized. Almost all computer control, and can be sitting, lying, lying, or walking, remote control computer or multimedia TV, to cater to the advent of the triple-play era. Third embodiment
第三实施例也是一个右手键盘 10与触摸板 220及左右键的组合,所述右手键盘 10与触摸 板 220及左右键所在的外壳一 20通过平面旋转铰链 C连接, 平面旋转铰链 C轴心处在所述 右手键盘 10的按键 #的下方, 参见图 13, 是所述键盘 10与外壳一 20重叠的示意图, 即所述 键盘通过至少一个铰链与手持设备的外壳一连接, 并且, 所述铰链可实现所述设备的开合的 功能; 外壳一具有一个 X-Y轴移动控制装置及其左右键; 具有一个平面旋转铰链 C处在所述 键盘与外壳一之间; 所述铰链中空, 并具有电气配线穿过并连接所述键盘和所述外壳一。  The third embodiment is also a combination of a right-hand keyboard 10 and a touch panel 220 and left and right keys. The right-hand keyboard 10 and the touch panel 220 and the outer casing 20 of the left and right keys are connected by a plane rotary hinge C, and the plane rotation hinge C axis is Below the button # of the right-hand keyboard 10, referring to FIG. 13, is a schematic view of the keyboard 10 overlapping with the housing 20, that is, the keyboard is connected to the outer casing of the handheld device through at least one hinge, and the hinge The function of opening and closing of the device can be realized; the outer casing has an XY axis movement control device and its left and right keys; and a planar rotary hinge C is disposed between the keyboard and the outer casing; the hinge is hollow and has electrical Wiring passes through and connects the keyboard and the housing one.
参见图 14, 外壳一 20绕平面旋转铰链 C旋转 90°超出所述键盘 10的覆盖范围, 并完全 露出外壳一 20顶面的触摸板 220及左右键 201和 202, 这样所述键盘 10与触摸板 220及左 右键 201和 202并排排列, 操作者可左手持键盘, 右手进行所述键盘的和弦键操控或 X-Y轴 移动控制, 即所述铰链具有止动装置, 除闭合状态之外, 还可使所述铰链在特定角度内停止 转动并保持此状态的情况至少出现一次。  Referring to Figure 14, the housing 20 is rotated 90° about the planar rotary hinge C beyond the coverage of the keyboard 10, and the touch panel 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202 of the top surface of the housing 20 are completely exposed, such that the keyboard 10 and the touch The plate 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202 are arranged side by side, the operator can hold the keyboard to the left, and the right hand performs the chord key manipulation or the XY axis movement control of the keyboard, that is, the hinge has a stopping device, in addition to the closed state, The situation in which the hinge stops rotating within a certain angle and maintains this state occurs at least once.
参见图 13, 所述右手键盘 10按键 0下方在具有 Shift、 Fn、 Sym的基础上, 还具有辅助 功能键 Ctrl和 Alt,当所述按键 *的左边缘线 305与按键 1、 4、 7的左边缘线 301接近重合时, 最左端的辅助键 Shift的左边缘线 501处在按键 *右部不超过按键 *宽度四分之一的右侧, 最 右端辅助键按键 Alt的横向中点 502处在按键 0右边缘线 303的左侧;所述辅助功能按键排列 形如指向右上方向的猫爪状, 以下侧的按键 Fn为中心从左向右依次辐射式排列按键 Shift、 Sym, Ctrl, Alt, 这些辅助功能键由右手拇指操控, 具有空格键功能的按键 *呈矩形, 从左 侧包裹辅助功能键区。  Referring to FIG. 13, the right-hand keyboard 10 has a function key Ctrl and Alt on the basis of Shift, Fn, Sym under the button 0, when the left edge line 305 of the button* and the buttons 1, 4, 7 When the left edge line 301 is nearly coincident, the left edge line 501 of the leftmost auxiliary key Shift is on the right side of the button * the right part does not exceed a quarter of the width of the button * width, and the horizontal midpoint 502 of the rightmost side auxiliary key button Alt On the left side of the right edge line 303 of the button 0; the auxiliary function button is arranged in the shape of a cat claw pointing in the upper right direction, and the button Fn on the lower side is centered from the left to the right, and the radiant arrangement buttons Shift, Sym, Ctrl, Alt These auxiliary function keys are controlled by the right thumb, and the keys with the space bar function are rectangular, and the auxiliary function keypad is wrapped from the left side.
相邻的 12数字键的键体相互被机壳隔离, 部分符号标记在各自的键体之上, 其余符号 标记各自键体周围的机壳之上。  The key bodies of the adjacent 12-digit keys are separated from each other by the casing, and some of the symbols are marked on the respective key bodies, and the remaining symbols are marked on the casing around the respective key bodies.
所述键盘采用单底色双色字体标注方法, 字体色一 (S1 ) 与色二 (S2) 色彩深浅相近, 与按 键体及键孔周围的标记区色三 (S3 ) 底色深浅相反; 色一 (S1 ) 字体用来标记无辅助按键按下 或 SYM状态下的和弦键输出, 色二 (S2) 字体用来标记 Fn状态下的和弦键输出; 色二 (S2) 字体用具有斜线阴影上具有字符来表示, 以示与色一 (S1 ) 字体颜色有所区别。  The keyboard adopts a single-color two-color font labeling method, and the font color one (S1) is similar to the color two (S2) color depth, and is opposite to the button body and the marking area color (S3) under the keyhole; The (S1) font is used to mark the chord key output without the auxiliary button press or SYM status, the color two (S2) font is used to mark the chord key output in the Fn state; the color two (S2) font is used with the slash shadow It is represented by a character to distinguish it from the color of the color one (S1) font.
本实施例的所述键盘的功能与第一实施例的基本相同, 可实现英文、 中文拼音、 中文五笔 输入等操作, 配合外壳一 20上表面的触摸板 220及左右键 201和 202, 可实现所有电脑的操 控, 并且可采用坐姿、 躺姿、 卧姿, 或步行, 较远距离遥控屏幕较大的电脑或多媒体电视。 第四实施例 The function of the keyboard of this embodiment is basically the same as that of the first embodiment, and can realize operations such as English, Chinese Pinyin, Chinese Wubi input, etc., and the touch panel 220 and the left and right keys 201 and 202 on the upper surface of the outer casing 20 can be realized. All computer controls, and can be used in sitting, lying, lying, or walking, remote control screens larger computer or multimedia TV. Fourth embodiment
第四实施例是一款具有所述右手专用键盘的手持移动电脑, 参见图 15, 所述键盘 10与移 动电脑的外壳一 20通过翻转铰链 A连接, 处在具有显示屏 210 (在图中看不到)的手持设备 20的背面贴近右侧边(从正面角度观察) 的凹陷处 230, 键面与外壳一 20的背面平齐, 可旋 出并右转 90° ~120° , 供右手操控, 参见图 16, 所述翻转铰链 A是顺轴型翻转铰链 A1, 顺 轴型翻转铰链 A1 是指其轴线处在其所连接的两个物体之间分离边缘线上, 绕所述顺轴型翻 转铰链 A1 可使所述键盘闭合, 并完全处在外壳一覆盖的范围之内, 闭合时, 所述键盘键面 朝下并重叠地平放在所述外壳一的背面, 使移动电脑折叠为长方体形状, 以方便携带; 绕所 述顺轴型翻转铰链 A1可使所述键盘向脱离外壳一背面的方向翻转 90° ~180° 角度之间时, 所述键盘尾部朝向操作者, 所述顺轴型翻转铰链 A1具有止动装置, 可使绕所述铰链 A1翻转 90° ~ 180 角度之间至少停止转动一次。 即可使所述键盘处在特定的稳定状态, 以迎合操作 者的操作手进行所述和弦键盘操作; 参见图 17, 此时, 所述键盘 10并不处在与显示屏 210 平行的平铺状态, 而是具有 270° 的夹角, 操作者以左手持握外壳一 20的左侧部分, 使外壳 一 20 向内倾斜, 正面的显示屏 210朝向自己的眼睛, 右手作为操作手, 立掌朝向所述键盘 10的键面, 进行所述和弦键盘的操作, 从而达到如下效果: 以所述键盘平放并且尾部朝向操 作者为基准, 以操作者为参照, 所述右 (左) 手键盘尾部右 (左) 摆角度为 0~90° , 顶部上 翘角度为 0~90° ,右(左)倾角度为 0~90° ,并相对稳定地保持如上方位,以便操作者右(左) 手掌心朝向所述键盘键面, 进行所述和弦键盘的操作。  The fourth embodiment is a handheld mobile computer having the right-hand dedicated keyboard. Referring to FIG. 15, the keyboard 10 and the casing 20 of the mobile computer are connected by a flip hinge A, and have a display screen 210 (see in the figure) The back of the handheld device 20 is close to the recess 230 on the right side (viewed from the front), and the key surface is flush with the back surface of the housing 20, which can be rotated out and rotated 90° to 120° for right-hand control. Referring to Figure 16, the flip hinge A is a coaxial flip hinge A1, and the off-axis flip hinge A1 refers to an axis on which the axis is separated from the two connected objects, around the axis Flip the hinge A1 to close the keyboard and completely within the coverage of the outer casing. When closed, the keyboard keys face down and overlap on the back of the outer casing 1 to fold the mobile computer into a rectangular parallelepiped. Shaped to facilitate carrying; when the flip-flop A1 is turned around the axis to rotate the keyboard between 90° and 180° in a direction away from the back of the casing, the tail of the keyboard faces the operator, A1-turn hinge shaft having a stop means, can flip about the hinge A1 between 90 ° ~ 180 angular rotation is stopped at least once. The keyboard can be placed in a particular stable state to perform the chord keyboard operation in response to an operator's operator; see FIG. 17, at which time the keyboard 10 is not in a tile parallel to the display screen 210. State, but having an angle of 270°, the operator holds the left side of the outer casing 20 with the left hand, so that the outer casing 20 is tilted inward, the front display 210 faces the eye, and the right hand acts as the operator, the palm The operation of the chord keyboard is performed toward the key surface of the keyboard 10, thereby achieving the following effects: the keyboard is laid flat and the tail is oriented toward the operator, with the operator as a reference, the right (left) hand keyboard The right rear (left) swing angle is 0~90°, the top upturn angle is 0~90°, the right (left) tilt angle is 0~90°, and the above orientation is relatively stable, so that the operator is right (left) The palm of the hand faces the keyboard key face, and the operation of the chord keyboard is performed.
即所述键盘通过至少一个铰链手持设备的外壳一连接, 并且, 所述铰链可实现所述设备 的开合和调整所述键盘倾斜角度的功能; 所述铰链中空, 并具有电气配线穿过并连接所述键 盘和所述外壳一。  That is, the keyboard is connected by the outer casing of at least one hinged handheld device, and the hinge can realize the function of opening and closing the device and adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard; the hinge is hollow and has electrical wiring passing through And connecting the keyboard and the outer casing one.
通过本实施例可说明, 顺轴型翻转铰链 A1兼具设备开合和设置所述键盘 10倾斜角度的 双重作用。  As can be explained by the present embodiment, the inflection type flip hinge A1 has the dual function of opening and closing the device and setting the tilt angle of the keyboard 10.
本实施例具有所述右手专用键盘可实现英文、 中文拼音、 中文五笔输入等操作, 与以上 实施例不同的是, 在 Fn状态下, 采用计算机小键盘版本, 参见图 18所示的所述键盘 10 1 (7) 2 (8) 3 (9) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(1) 8(2) 9(3) 0(0) *(*) #(#)  In this embodiment, the right-hand dedicated keyboard can implement operations such as English, Chinese Pinyin, and Chinese Wubi input. Unlike the above embodiment, in the Fn state, a computer keypad version is used, and the keyboard shown in FIG. 18 is used. 10 1 (7) 2 (8) 3 (9) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(1) 8(2) 9(3) 0(0) *(*) #(#)
参见图 18, 所述键盘采用双色底色 +双色字体, 色四采用黑色, 色五采用白色进行标注; 所述单手右手键盘按键#的下方具有 Backspace回档键, 由右手无名指操控; 辅助按键区 140 上边缘线 451与按键 0上边缘线 441的距离高度至少大于按键 0边界高度的 2/3。  Referring to FIG. 18, the keyboard adopts a two-color background color + a two-color font, the color four is black, and the color five is marked with white; the one-hand right-hand keyboard button # has a Backspace back button, which is controlled by a right-hand ring finger; The distance between the upper edge line 451 of the area 140 and the upper edge line 441 of the button 0 is at least 2/3 of the height of the boundary of the button 0.
操控者一手持机, 另一手操控所述键盘, 不论乘车、 步行, 随时随地可以快捷舒适地输 入, 极大提高效率, 同时, 手持设备背面的所述键盘打开和闭合都极为方便, 不受场合限制, 适合移动中操作, 将输入字符存储在所述移动电脑的硬盘或存储器中, 即具有所述键盘的手 持设备是移动输入设备, 即操作者可持所述手持设备在站立或行走中进行输入字符或命令等 操作。  The controller controls the keyboard by the other hand, and can be input quickly and comfortably anytime and anywhere, regardless of the ride or the walk, which greatly improves the efficiency, and at the same time, the keyboard on the back of the handheld device is extremely convenient to open and close. An occasional limitation, suitable for a mobile operation, storing input characters in a hard disk or a memory of the mobile computer, that is, the handheld device having the keyboard is a mobile input device, that is, the operator can hold the handheld device while standing or walking Perform operations such as entering characters or commands.
第五实施例 Fifth embodiment
第五实施例是一只具有所述左手键盘 10和右手握柄型鼠标 20—体化的遥控器, 参见图 19,所述单手左手键盘处在右手握柄 20的左上方,右手握柄 20的前侧具有一个 X-Y轴移动控 制装置及其左右键, 其中, 握柄 20上侧具有轨迹球 206, 由右手拇指操控, 握柄 20前侧具 有左键 201和右键 202, 分别由右手食指和中指操控, 即所述键盘连接具有外壳一的手持设 备, 所述外壳一具有一个 X-Y轴移动控制装置及其左右键。 The fifth embodiment is a remote controller having the left-hand keyboard 10 and the right-hand grip type mouse 20, as shown in the figure. 19, the one-handed left-hand keyboard is located at the upper left of the right-hand grip 20, and the front side of the right-hand grip 20 has an XY-axis movement control device and its left and right keys, wherein the upper side of the handle 20 has a trackball 206, The right thumb is operated, and the front side of the handle 20 has a left button 201 and a right button 202, which are respectively controlled by the right index finger and the middle finger, that is, the keyboard is connected with the handheld device having the outer casing one, and the outer casing has an XY axis movement control device and Left and right buttons.
参见图 20, 左手键盘 10在 12键式 3X4电话数字键盘下部按键 *、 0和#的下方在具有辅助 功能按键 Shift、 Fn、 Sym的基础上, 还具有 Ctrl、 Alt, 具有空格键功能的按键#呈 "倒 L" 型, 按键 #的右侧低于按键 0底边的下延部分从右侧包裹所述辅助功能键区, 所述辅助功能按 键排列形如指向右上方向的猫爪状,以按键 Fn为偏下的中心从右向左依次辐射式排列排列按 键 Shift、 Sym, Ctrl、 Alt, 这些辅助功能键由左手拇指操控; 所述左手键盘辅助键区右边缘 线 501处在按键 9左部不超过按键 9宽度四分之一的左侧, 最左侧的按键 Alt横向中点 502 处在 302的右侧;所述单手左手键盘按键 *的下方具有两个由左手的无名指操控的可任意赋值 的按键, 被赋值为 enter回车键和 Backspace回档键, 由左手无名指操控, 其中, enter回车 键靠近外侧, Backspace回档键靠近中央并贴近辅助键区; 所述键盘采用双色底色 +双色字体 标注, 色四为白色, 色五为黑色。  Referring to FIG. 20, the left-hand keyboard 10 has Ctrl, Alt, and a button with a space bar function on the basis of the auxiliary function keys Shift, Fn, and Sym, under the lower keys *, 0, and # of the 12-key 3X4 telephone numeric keypad. #呈"倒L" type, the right side of the button # is lower than the lower part of the bottom side of the button 0, and the auxiliary function key area is wrapped from the right side, and the auxiliary function keys are arranged in a shape like a cat claw pointing to the upper right direction. The buttons Shift, Sym, Ctrl, and Alt are arranged in a radial arrangement from the right to the left with the button Fn as a lower center. The auxiliary function keys are controlled by the left thumb; the left-hand keyboard auxiliary keypad right edge line 501 is at the button 9 The left side does not exceed the left side of the width of the button 9 by a quarter, the leftmost button Alt horizontal midpoint 502 is at the right side of 302; the one-handed left hand keyboard button* has two left-handed ring fingers The arbitrarily assignable button is assigned the enter enter key and the backspace return key, controlled by the left ring finger, wherein the enter key is close to the outer side, and the backspace return key is near the center and close to the auxiliary Keypad area; the keyboard is marked with a two-color background + two-color font, the color four is white, and the color five is black.
本实施例所述键盘功能与上一实施例的基本相同, 可实现英文、 中文拼音、 中文五笔 输入等操作, 因为本实施例采用左手键盘, 以下方面不同于以上的实施例:  The functions of the keyboard in this embodiment are basically the same as those in the previous embodiment, and operations such as English, Chinese Pinyin, and Chinese Wubi input can be realized. Because the present embodiment uses a left-hand keyboard, the following aspects are different from the above embodiments:
无辅助功能键被按压或锁定的常态下,  In the normal state where no auxiliary function key is pressed or locked,
1 (r) 2 (o) 3 (t) 4(s) 5(h) 6(e) 7 (n) 8(i) 9 (a) 0(,) *(.) #(space) 即相对上一实施例右手键盘, 左列按键单键单击字母 TEA*与右列按键单键单击字母 RSN#对调, 以方便左手操控。  1 (r) 2 (o) 3 (t) 4(s) 5(h) 6(e) 7 (n) 8(i) 9 (a) 0(,) *(.) #(space) In the previous embodiment, the right-hand keyboard, the left column button, clicks the letter TEA* and the right column button, and clicks on the letter RSN# to adjust the left hand.
常态下单键单击的字符标记在中区的下层,按键中区 Fn状态下单键单击的数字标记在 上层。  In the normal state, the single-click character mark is on the lower layer of the middle area, and the number of the single-click click in the Fn state is marked on the upper layer.
当操控者右手握持握柄 20, 进行轨迹球和左右键操控时, 所述左手键盘 10就处在左上 翻侧立的方位, 供操控者左手对准位置进行所述键盘的操控。  When the controller holds the grip 20 in the right hand and performs the trackball and the left and right button manipulation, the left-hand keyboard 10 is in the left-side tilting position for the manipulation of the keyboard by the controller's left-hand alignment position.
这样, 操控者就可以站姿、 坐姿或走态远距离遥控较大屏幕的电脑或互联网电视机, 以 多种舒适的操作方式进行操控, 避免长时间保持同一种姿势进行操控而引起的各种疾病和弊 端。 这种全新模式的电脑控制方式优点是发挥所述键盘打得轻松、 舒适, 长时间操作也不会 有疲劳感, 一手持握, 另一只单手操控, 边步行, 边输入, 不拘于台前的桌椅, 不限定操作 姿势,采用坐姿、躺姿、卧姿,还是步行,都可以使用所述键盘快速输入,这样就避免了 QWERT 键盘必须保持固定姿态输入的弊端, 可以预防各种累积性肌体病症, 即可提高工作效率, 又 可保障身体健康。  In this way, the controller can stand up, sit or walk remotely to control a large screen computer or Internet TV, and operate in a variety of comfortable operation modes, avoiding various situations caused by maintaining the same posture for a long time. Diseases and malpractices. The advantage of this new mode of computer control is that the keyboard is easy and comfortable to play, and there is no fatigue when working for a long time. One hand is held, the other is controlled by one hand, walking while inputting, not limited to Taiwan. The front table and chair, without restricting the operating posture, can be quickly input using the sitting posture, lying posture, lying posture, or walking. This avoids the disadvantage that the QWERT keyboard must maintain a fixed posture input, which can prevent various accumulations. Physical illness can improve work efficiency and protect your health.
第六实施例 Sixth embodiment
第六实施例是具有所述键盘 10的条码扫描仪, 参见图 21, 条码扫描仪的外壳一 20侧向 示意图, 外壳一 20前端具有读取头 234, 手柄上端具有控制开关 235, 外壳一 20右侧面具有 所述右手键盘 10,键盘下部外倾,键尾朝向向下,参见图 22,外壳一 20后端具有显示屏 210, 即具有外壳一的手持设备, 所述键盘连接所述外壳一;所述外壳一具有显示屏。 The sixth embodiment is a bar code scanner having the keyboard 10, see FIG. 21, a side view of the outer casing 20 of the bar code scanner, the front end of the casing 20 has a read head 234, and the upper end of the handle has a control switch 235, and the outer casing 20 The right side of the keyboard has the right hand keyboard 10, the lower part of the keyboard is tilted outward, and the key tail is facing downward. Referring to FIG. 22, the rear end of the casing 20 has a display screen 210. That is, a handheld device having a housing 1 that connects the housing 1; the housing has a display screen.
操作者可左手握住条码扫描仪的手柄, 注视显示屏 210, 右手操控所述键盘 10, 在步行 移动中也可进行条码扫描或键盘输入。  The operator can hold the handle of the barcode scanner with his left hand, look at the display screen 210, manipulate the keyboard 10 with his right hand, and perform barcode scanning or keyboard input during walking movement.
本实施例的扫描仪还是移动云计算终端,可运行 ERP等软件,在移动中完成收料或收货、 发料、 盘点、 出货等物流操作; 遇到各种意外情况, 都可以现场及时处置并在云端系统上留 下备注或记录, 极大提高工作效率, 不必像现有工作中不断往返于库区和电脑之间, 造成工 效低下。 第七实施例  The scanner of the embodiment is also a mobile cloud computing terminal, and can run software such as ERP, and completes the logistics operations such as receiving or receiving, issuing, counting, and shipping in the mobile; and encountering various unexpected situations, the scene can be timely Dispose of and leave notes or records on the cloud system, greatly improving work efficiency, without having to go back and forth between the library area and the computer as in the existing work, resulting in low work efficiency. Seventh embodiment
第七实施例是一款具有所述右手键盘 10的鼠标, 参见图 23a, 具有鼠标具有外壳一 20, 外 壳一 20前部具有鼠标滚轮 205、 左右键 201和 202, 所述键盘 10处在外壳一 20的后部, 外 壳一 20底部为鼠标探测部件, 即外壳一是具有一个 X-Y轴移动控制装置及其左右键, 所述 键盘连接所述外壳一, 参见图 23b, 是第七实施例鼠标的前视图, 处在所述鼠标顶面的所述 键盘 10向右倾斜, 以方便操控的右手持握鼠标或进行所述键盘操作。  The seventh embodiment is a mouse having the right-hand keyboard 10, see FIG. 23a, having a mouse having a housing 20, a front portion of the housing 20 having a mouse wheel 205, left and right keys 201 and 202, and the keyboard 10 at the outer casing At the rear of a 20, the bottom of the housing 20 is a mouse detecting component, that is, the housing has an XY axis movement control device and its left and right keys, and the keyboard is connected to the housing 1. Referring to FIG. 23b, the seventh embodiment is a mouse. The front view, the keyboard 10 on the top surface of the mouse is tilted to the right to facilitate manipulation of the right hand holding the mouse or performing the keyboard operation.
所述键盘与鼠标一体化, 尺寸 80X120mm, 仅有鼠标大小, 即可完成鼠标功能, 又可实现 英文、 中文拼音、 中文五笔输入等 QWERT键盘所有的功能操作, 即可在桌面进行操作, 也 可左手握持鼠标, 右手进行所述键盘的操作, 少占或不占用桌面, 避免现有 PC操作必须在 鼠标与键盘之间来回转换, 实现高效工作。 第八实施例  The keyboard and mouse are integrated, the size is 80X120mm, the mouse function can be completed only by the mouse size, and all the functions of the QWERT keyboard such as English, Chinese Pinyin and Chinese Wubi input can be realized, and the operation can be performed on the desktop. Holding the mouse in the left hand and operating the keyboard in the right hand, occupying less or not occupying the desktop, avoiding the existing PC operation must be switched back and forth between the mouse and the keyboard to achieve efficient work. Eighth embodiment
第八实施例是具有所述右手专用键盘的银行 ATM机密码输入器, 参见图 24, 与以上实施例 相比, 此键盘只有三个辅助功能键, 从左至右排列为 Shift (上档)、 Sym (符号) 和 Digital (数字), 处在按键#和 0的下方, 各键和键的组合 (和弦) 对应的字符或功能分别如下, 数 字 0123456789#*为键或键组合, 括弧 "()" 内对应相应输出的字符或功能:  The eighth embodiment is a bank ATM machine password input device having the right-hand dedicated keyboard. Referring to FIG. 24, compared with the above embodiment, the keyboard has only three auxiliary function keys, which are arranged from left to right as Shift (upper file). , Sym (symbol) and Digital (number), under the keys # and 0, the corresponding characters or functions of the combination of keys and keys (chords) are as follows, the number 0123456789#* is the key or key combination, brackets "( )" The characters or functions corresponding to the corresponding output:
无功能键被按压或锁定的常态下, 单键和桩键双键组合的字母、 符号为  In the normal state where no function key is pressed or locked, the letters and symbols of the single key and the pile key double key combination are
1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,)  1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,)
21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j ) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)  21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j ) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)
51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)  51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)
81 (、) 84 (x) 87 (g) 83 (z) 86 (v) 89 (1)  81 (,) 84 (x) 87 (g) 83 (z) 86 (v) 89 (1)
Shift状态下, 单键和桩键双键输出转换为大写字母或上档符号  In the Shift state, the single-key and pile key double-key output is converted to uppercase or upper-end symbols.
1 (T) 2 (0) 3 (R) 4(E) 5(H) 6(S) 7(A) 8(1) 9(N) 0(=)  1 (T) 2 (0) 3 (R) 4(E) 5(H) 6(S) 7(A) 8(1) 9(N) 0(=)
21 (D) 24 (C) 27 (J) 23 (P) 26 (B) 29 (Q)  21 (D) 24 (C) 27 (J) 23 (P) 26 (B) 29 (Q)
51 (M) 54 (U) 57 (Y) 53 (W) 56 (F) 59 (K)  51 (M) 54 (U) 57 (Y) 53 (W) 56 (F) 59 (K)
81 (~) 84 (X) 87 (G) 83 (Z) 86 (V) 89 (L)  81 (~) 84 (X) 87 (G) 83 (Z) 86 (V) 89 (L)
Digital状态下, 单键为  In the Digital state, the single button is
1 ( 1 ) 2 (2) 3 (3) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(7) 8(8) 9(9) 0(0) # (#) * ( *) 1 ( 1 ) 2 (2) 3 (3) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(7) 8(8) 9(9) 0(0) # (#) * ( *)
Sym状态下, 单键和桩键双键组合的字符为  In the Sym state, the character of the single key and the pile key double key combination is
1(*) 2 (@) 3 (#) 4(Λ) 5( ) 6($) 7( &) 8 ( ! ) 9(-) 0 ( ° ) # ( ·) 1(*) 2 (@) 3 (#) 4( Λ ) 5( ) 6($) 7( &) 8 ( ! ) 9(-) 0 ( ° ) # ( ·)
21 ( ' ) 24 (:) 27 ( I ) 23 (,,) 26 (;) 29 (?)  21 ( ' ) 24 (:) 27 ( I ) 23 (,,) 26 (;) 29 (?)
51 ( () 54 ( [) 57 ( { ) 53 ( )) 56 (] ) 59 ( } )  51 ( () 54 ( [) 57 ( { ) 53 ( )) 56 (] ) 59 ( } )
81 (\) 84 (<) 87 (+) 83 (/) 86 (>) 89 (_)  81 (\) 84 (<) 87 (+) 83 (/) 86 (>) 89 (_)
所述键盘只标注字母和数字, 以避免键面的繁杂, 由于所述键盘 10包含了数字、 大小写字 母及符号, 人们可以利用联想记忆编制密码, 再通过按压辅助功能键的方法改变字符, 增大 密码破译难度。 如密码采用地名 "桂林"联想, 其拼音为 "guilin", 再在第一到第三个字符 处按压 Sym键, 第四字符处按压 Shift键, 第六字符处按压 Digital键, 得到密码为 "+[!Li9", 这样的密码既有联想易记的特点, 又有大小写、 符号和数字变化, 很难破译, 可以充分保障 银行卡资金的安全, 必将受到银行和客户的喜爱。  The keyboard only labels letters and numbers to avoid the complexity of the key surface. Since the keyboard 10 includes numbers, uppercase and lowercase letters and symbols, one can use the associative memory to compose a password, and then change the characters by pressing the auxiliary function key. Increase the difficulty of password decryption. If the password is in the name "Guilin", the pinyin is "guilin", then press the Sym key in the first to third characters, press the Shift key in the fourth character, and press the Digital key in the sixth character to get the password. +[!Li9", such passwords have the characteristics of Lenovo easy to remember, and also have case, symbol and number changes, which are difficult to decipher. It can fully guarantee the security of bank card funds, and will be loved by banks and customers.
另外, 键盘面板最左边的一列是四选一按键, 按下其中一键, 再在此键盘输入, 不必按辅 助功能键, 就可输出相应的字符, 可方便老年人使用。  In addition, the leftmost column of the keyboard panel is a four-choice button. Press one of the buttons, and then input the keyboard. You can output the corresponding characters without pressing the auxiliary function button, which is convenient for the elderly.
即所述键盘连接所述外壳一, 所述外壳一是固定设备或固定物体的外壳。  That is, the keyboard is connected to the outer casing 1. The outer casing is a casing of a fixing device or a fixed object.
第八实施例可作为门禁、银行 ATM机直接固定在外墙上, 也可广泛应用于电子保险柜、银 行柜台、 商场刷卡机、 账户密码器等的密码输入器, 同时, 具有所述键盘的手机、 移动电脑 或服务器等固定电脑也可以成为同样的密码输入器, 可保障用户移动网络帐户的安全。 第九实施例  The eighth embodiment can be directly used as an access control and a bank ATM machine on an external wall, and can also be widely applied to a password input device of an electronic safe, a bank counter, a shopping mall credit card machine, an account cipher, etc., and a mobile phone having the keyboard. Fixed computers such as mobile computers or servers can also be used as the same password input device to protect the security of users' mobile network accounts. Ninth embodiment
第九实施例的所述键盘是虚拟键盘, 参见图 25, 具有所述虚拟键盘的互动触摸屏平板电脑 示意图, 图中平板互动电脑 20具有触摸显示屏 210, 屏中显示的是一个城市地图, 当需要字 符输入时, 用手指在触摸显示屏 210上做出约定的手势或按压一个虚拟按钮, 所述虚拟键盘 10就会出现在该屏 210上, 同时在所述键盘 10上方出现搜索栏 280, 手指敲击此虚拟键盘 10输出的地址字符会出现在搜索栏 280的方框 281中,输入字符后直接用手指点击搜索栏 280 中的搜索符号 282或按 79组合的回车键位, 所述键盘 10和搜索栏 280会自动消失, 平板电 脑 20会按照指令自动搜索出输入的地址并显示在触摸显示屏 210, 并列出操作者所在位置到 目的地的路线, 即具有所述键盘的手持设备是移动定位终端。  The keyboard of the ninth embodiment is a virtual keyboard. Referring to FIG. 25, a schematic diagram of an interactive touch screen tablet having the virtual keyboard, wherein the tablet interactive computer 20 has a touch display screen 210, and the screen displays a city map. When character input is required, a finger is made to make a predetermined gesture on the touch screen 210 or a virtual button is pressed, the virtual keyboard 10 appears on the screen 210, and a search bar 280 appears above the keyboard 10. The address character output by the finger tapping the virtual keyboard 10 will appear in the box 281 of the search bar 280. After inputting the character, the user can directly click the search symbol 282 in the search bar 280 or press the return key of the 79 combination. The keyboard 10 and the search bar 280 will automatically disappear, and the tablet 20 will automatically search for the entered address according to the command and display it on the touch display 210, and list the route from the operator's location to the destination, that is, the handheld with the keyboard. The device is a mobile positioning terminal.
所述键盘 10具有空格键功能的按键 *部分超出左列按键的范围, 呈"倒 L型", 从左侧包裹 按键 *和 0下方具有 Shift、 Fn、 Sym, Ctrl的辅助功能区, 这些辅助键列为一排呈交齿状, 由 操作的右手拇指操控; 在按键 #的正下方具有一个回档键, 由右手无名指操控。  The key 10 of the keyboard 10 having the space bar function is beyond the range of the left column button, and is "inverted L type", and the auxiliary function area with Shift, Fn, Sym, Ctrl is wrapped from the left side of the button * and 0. The keys are arranged in a row of intersecting teeth, controlled by the right thumb of the operation; there is a back key directly under the button #, which is controlled by the right ring finger.
本实施例的所述虚拟键盘 10召之即来、挥之即去的特点, 非常适合平板互动电脑, 在输入 密码或网址、 标记资料、 文件命名或重命名, 关键词搜索、 地址、 歌曲名称、 视频名称、 联 系人等简短输入操作时, 代替手写或 QWERT虚拟键盘, 方便而快捷, 单个按键硕大, 占用 的面积却很小, 输入准确可靠, 可在移动中操作使用, 尤其适合无线移动搜索终端。 第十实施例 The feature of the virtual keyboard 10 of the present embodiment is that it is suitable for a tablet interactive computer, inputting a password or a web address, marking a document, naming or renaming a file, keyword search, address, song name When the short input operation of video name, contact, etc., instead of handwriting or QWERT virtual keyboard, it is convenient and fast, the single button is huge, the occupied area is small, the input is accurate and reliable, and can be operated on the move, especially suitable for wireless mobile search. terminal. Tenth embodiment
第十实施例是一款具有所述键盘的手机,参见图 26,手机下部机身的所述键盘 10通过点接 型翻转铰链 A2连接具有显示屏 210的上部机身 20的手机, 所述键盘 10顶部边缘与上部机 身 (外壳一) 20的一个侧边通过该铰链 A2单点连接, 点接型翻转铰链 A2是指其轴线垂直 于其所连接的两个物体之间分离边缘线, 采用单点连接方式, 所述铰链 A2 中空, 并具有电 气配线穿过并连接所述键盘 10和外壳一 20;  The tenth embodiment is a mobile phone having the keyboard. Referring to FIG. 26, the keyboard 10 of the lower body of the mobile phone is connected to the mobile phone having the upper body 20 of the display screen 210 via a point-type flip hinge A2, the keyboard 10 a top edge and a side of the upper body (outer one) 20 are connected by a single point through the hinge A2, and the point-type flip hinge A2 means that the axis is perpendicular to the separated edge line between the two objects to which it is connected, Single point connection, the hinge A2 is hollow, and has electrical wiring passing through and connecting the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20;
绕此铰链 A2可使具有所述键盘 10的下部机身顺时针或逆时针翻转, 即所述铰链可实现 所述设备的开合和或调整所述键盘倾斜角度的功能, 参见图 27, 所述键盘绕横轴型翻转铰链 A2顺时针翻转, 依次可停留在 01 (翻转 0° )状态、 02 (翻转 60° )状态和 03 (翻转 90° ) 状态, 可使所述键盘键面朝向右侧 0° - 90° 的角度之间, 进行右手和弦键盘操作; 同样的, 所述键盘也可绕横轴型翻转铰链 A2逆时针翻转, 依次可停留在 01 (翻转 0° )状态、 04 (翻 转 60° ) 状态和 03 (翻转 90° ) 状态, 可使所述键盘键面朝向左侧 0° ~ 90° 的角度之间, 进行左手和弦键盘操作; 所述铰链具有止动装置, 除闭合状态之外, 可使所述铰链在特定角 度内停止转动并保持此状态的情况至少出现一次。  Around the hinge A2, the lower body having the keyboard 10 can be turned clockwise or counterclockwise, that is, the hinge can realize the opening and closing of the device and adjust the tilt angle of the keyboard, see FIG. 27, The keyboard is turned clockwise around the horizontal axis flip hinge A2, and can be in the state of 01 (flip 0°), 02 (flip 60°) and 03 (flip 90°) in order to make the keyboard face facing right. The right-hand chord keyboard operation is performed between the angles of 0° - 90° on the side; similarly, the keyboard can also be flipped counterclockwise around the horizontal axis type flip hinge A2, and can be stopped in the 01 (flip 0°) state, 04 ( Flip 60°) state and 03 (flip 90°) state, the left hand chord keyboard operation can be performed between the angles of the keyboard keys facing 0° ~ 90° on the left side; the hinge has a stop device, except for closing In addition to the state, the hinge can be stopped at a certain angle and maintained in this state at least once.
参见图 28, 所述键盘键面向右顺时针旋转 90° (03状态) 夹角时, 操作者左手持机, 右 手操控的示意图, 操作时, 外壳一的所述显示屏朝向操作者眼睛, 所述键盘在显示屏下方, 所述键盘 10尾部朝向操作者, 所述键盘键面旋转为右朝向, 供右手操控; 同理, 如果所述键 盘键面向左逆时针旋转 90° , 就可进行所述键盘的左手操控。  Referring to FIG. 28, when the keyboard key is rotated clockwise by 90° (03 state), the operator is left-handed, and the right hand is operated. When the operation is performed, the display screen of the outer casing is facing the operator's eyes. The keyboard is below the display screen, the tail of the keyboard 10 is facing the operator, and the keyboard key surface is rotated to the right direction for right-hand manipulation; similarly, if the keyboard key is rotated 90° to the left counterclockwise, it can be performed. The left hand manipulation of the keyboard.
所述键盘或配备所述键盘的设备具有侧键 Ctrl 201和 Alt 202, 由非键盘操控手指控制。 本实施例的结构适合左右手使用, 所述键盘被设置为左右手混用的键盘, 从形态上看, 此 共用键盘呈中心线轴对称, 形同 "冏"字形, 参见图 26, 按键 *按键 #都呈 "倒 L"型并左右 对称,所述辅助功能键区被按键 *低于按键 0底边的左侧下延部分和按键 #低于按键 0底边的 的右侧下延部分从左右侧包裹, 并处在在 12键式 3X4电话数字键盘下部按键 *、 0和#的下 方, 处在 "冏"字下部 "口" 的位置, 设置左手和右手拇指可分别操控的 Shift、 Fn、 Sym、 Ctrl、 Alt, 除左右 Shift外, 其他辅助功能按键 Fn、 Sym、 Ctrl、 Alt可供左右手共用, 所述 辅助功能按键排列形如指向右 (左) 上方向的猫爪状, 以按键 Fn为偏下的中心从左 (右) 向右 (左) 依次辐射式排列按键 Shift、 Sym、 Ctrl、 Alt, 所述键盘 10的辅助功能键区处在 按键 0底边及其延长线的下方, 所述右 (左)手键盘最左 (右)端辅助键按键的左 (右)边 缘线处在按键 * (#) 右 (左) 部不超过按键 * (#) 宽度四分之一的右 (左) 侧, 最右 (左) 端辅助键按键的右 (左) 边缘线或横向中点处在按键 0左 (右) 边缘线的左 (右) 侧。 按压 *6 (LR左右手键盘转换键)后, 可实现左右手键盘转换, 就是左列上三排数字键 147 的单键单击字母 TEA与右列上三排数字键 369的单键单击字母 RSN对调。  The keyboard or device equipped with the keyboard has side keys Ctrl 201 and Alt 202, controlled by non-keyboard manipulation fingers. The structure of the embodiment is suitable for use by left and right hands. The keyboard is set as a keyboard for mixing left and right hands. From the perspective of form, the shared keyboard has a central axis symmetry and is shaped like a "冏" shape. Referring to FIG. 26, the buttons * button # are presented. "Inverted L" type and symmetrical, the auxiliary function keypad is pressed by the button * below the left side of the bottom side of the button 0 and the button # is lower than the bottom side of the button 0. , and is located below the lower button *, 0 and # of the 12-key 3X4 telephone numeric keypad, at the position of the "mouth" at the lower part of the "冏" character, and the Shift, Fn, Sym, which can be manipulated by the left and right thumb respectively. Ctrl, Alt, in addition to left and right Shift, other auxiliary function buttons Fn, Sym, Ctrl, Alt can be shared by left and right hands. The auxiliary function buttons are arranged like a cat claw pointing to the right (left) direction, with the button Fn being biased. The lower center rotates from the left (right) to the right (left), in turn, the keys Shift, Sym, Ctrl, Alt, and the auxiliary function keypad of the keyboard 10 is below the bottom edge of the button 0 and its extension line, right Left) The left (right) edge of the leftmost (right) side of the hand keyboard is at the left (right) edge of the button. * (#) Right (left) does not exceed the button * (#) Width of one quarter of the right (left) side The right (left) edge line or the horizontal midpoint of the rightmost (left) side auxiliary button is on the left (right) side of the left (right) edge line of button 0. After pressing *6 (LR left and right hand keyboard conversion keys), the left and right hand keyboard conversion can be realized, that is, the one-click letter TEA of the three rows of number keys 147 on the left column and the three-line number key 369 of the right column of the left column of the letter RSN Reversed.
本实施例具有所述键盘的手机, 开机后, 直接按数字键可拨打电话; 进入某菜单需要输 入字母时, 连续按数字键依次出现如下字符,其中 1234567890#*为所按数字键, () 内为出现 依次字符或功能:  In this embodiment, the mobile phone with the keyboard can be used to directly dial the phone after pressing the number key; when entering a menu and inputting a letter, press the number key successively to display the following characters, wherein 1234567890#* is the number key pressed, () Inside is the appearance of characters or functions:
1 (d-c-j-1 ) 2(t-o-r-2) 3(p-b-q-3)  1 (d-c-j-1 ) 2(t-o-r-2) 3(p-b-q-3)
4(m-u-y-4) 5(e-h-s-5) 6(w-f-k-6)  4(m-u-y-4) 5(e-h-s-5) 6(w-f-k-6)
7(x-g-7) 8(a-i-n-8) 9(z-v-l-9) # (ABC-abc-123-和弦 依次循环 7(xg-7) 8(ain-8) 9(zvl-9) # (ABC-abc-123-chords loop in sequence
或 拼音 -ABC-abc-123-和弦 依次循环);  Or Pinyin -ABC-abc-123-chords in turn);
另外, 按 0(space 空格)、 * (进入符号表); In addition, press 0 (space space), * (enter the symbol table);
进入某菜单需要输入字母时, 按 Alt+#键直接进入和弦键状态。 When entering a menu and need to input letters, press Alt+# to enter the chord key state directly.
这样具有所述键盘的手机或手持电子设备就可保持原有单手操控优点, 所述键盘一键 两用, 即可单手操控打电话或其他操作, 也可一手持机, 另一手进行组合(和弦)键盘操作。  Thus, the mobile phone or the handheld electronic device having the keyboard can maintain the advantages of the original one-hand control. The keyboard can be used for one-touch operation or one-touch operation, or can be combined with one hand and the other hand. (chord) keyboard operation.
各键和键的组合(和弦)对应的字符或功能分别如下,数字 0123456789#*为键或键组合, 括弧 "()" 内对应相应输出的字符或功能:  The characters or functions corresponding to the combination of the keys and keys (chords) are as follows. The number 0123456789#* is the key or key combination, and the characters or functions corresponding to the corresponding output in brackets "()":
无功能键被按压或锁定的常态下, 单键单击为  In the normal state where no function key is pressed or locked, one-click is
1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,)  1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,)
* (space左) # (space右)  * (space left) # (space right)
用于左右手混用键盘, 按键 *和#都为空格键 (space)时, Sym+0 (.)顶替原有 Sym+0 ( ° )。 本实施例手机的所述键盘可实现英文、 中文拼音、 中文五笔输入等操作, 参见图 26, 不同 处是 Fn状态下, 采用无小键盘版本, 即 Fn状态下, 按键组合 14、 16、 19、 43、 46、 49、 73、 76、 79是待定功能选择键, 无小键盘版本的功能选择键, 可以由设备的生产厂家设定或由客 户自定义, 客户自定义后可把具有对应菜单图标的标贴 60粘在按键右侧的机身上, 以便识别 这些键位进行操控。  For the left and right hand mixing keyboard, when the buttons * and # are both space spaces, Sym+0 (.) replaces the original Sym+0 ( ° ). The keyboard of the mobile phone of the embodiment can realize operations such as English, Chinese Pinyin, Chinese Wubi input, etc., as shown in Fig. 26, the difference is Fn state, using no keypad version, that is, in the Fn state, the key combination 14, 16, 19 , 43, 46, 49, 73, 76, 79 are the function selection keys to be determined, and the function selection keys without the keypad version can be set by the manufacturer of the device or customized by the customer. After the customer customizes, the corresponding menu can be used. The icon sticker 60 is glued to the body on the right side of the button to identify these keys for manipulation.
本实施例同样采用深浅双底色 +双色字体的按键, 辅以相对方位和桩键组合居中、 非桩键 组合在两边的标注方法, 不同处在于, 此双手共用键盘的左手单键字母标记, 按键 *和按键 # 下部分别用色四 (S4) 字体从上至下标记左手键盘时按键 147和 369对应的单键字母 RSN和 TEA, 按键 #下部印有左手图形表明这些字母对应左手键盘;  In this embodiment, the buttons of the deep and double double color + two-color font are also used, and the method of labeling the two sides of the center and the non-pile key combination by the relative orientation and the pile key combination is different, and the difference is that the two hands share the left-hand single-key letter mark of the keyboard. Buttons * and buttons # The lower-key letters RSN and TEA corresponding to buttons 147 and 369 are marked with the color four (S4) font from top to bottom in the lower part, and the left hand graphic is printed on the lower part of the button # to indicate that the letters correspond to the left-hand keyboard;
参见图 26, 结构方面, 所述键盘 10左列 147与右列 369按键向键尾倾斜, 倾斜角度 902 为 10-13° , 以适应操作的稍长的中指和略短的食指和无名指, 使得操作更为流畅; 所述键 盘的按键 5和左、 右 Shilt各具有一个凸起的定位标记, 这些凸起标记用于所述键盘盲打时 手指触摸定位, 居中的数字键 2、 5、 8的键体有两个侧边与相邻的按键相互紧贴, 其他侧边 被机壳隔离, 部分符号标记在各自的键体之上, 其余符号标记各自键体周围的机壳之上。 操控者一手持握手机上半部 20, 目视显示屏 210, 另一只手伸向所述键盘 10, 参见图 28, 掌心朝向所述键盘 10的键面, 进行组合键盘操作, 这是本发明键盘操作的一大特点, 此时, 操控者两臂自然下垂, 前臂前伸, 微向内倾, 双掌竖直, 掌心向内相对, 手臂、 手腕完全没 有扭曲, 腾空的操作手的手指更加自然灵活, 处在最舒适的姿态, 无需像 QWERT键盘时手 腕扭曲进行操作, 所以, 这样操控所述键盘打得轻松、 舒适, 长时间操作也不会有疲劳感。 所述手机还是互联网移动互动操作终端, 利用多达数百个待定义和弦键位, 进行较为复杂 的移动互动操作。 第十一实施例  Referring to FIG. 26, in terms of structure, the left column 147 and the right column 369 of the keyboard 10 are tilted toward the key tail, and the tilt angle 902 is 10-13° to accommodate the slightly longer middle finger and the slightly shorter index finger and ring finger. The operation is smoother; the keys 5 and the left and right Shilts of the keyboard each have a raised positioning mark, and the raised marks are used for finger touch positioning when the keyboard is blindly hit, the centered numeric keys 2, 5, 8 The key body has two sides and adjacent keys which are in close contact with each other, the other sides are separated by the casing, some symbols are marked on the respective key bodies, and the remaining symbols are marked on the casing around the respective key bodies. The controller holds the upper half 20 of the handshake, visually displays the display 210, and the other hand extends toward the keyboard 10. Referring to FIG. 28, the palm faces toward the key surface of the keyboard 10, and the combined keyboard operation is performed. A major feature of the keyboard operation, at this time, the controller's arms naturally sag, the forearms forward, slightly inward, the palms are vertical, the palms are inwardly opposite, the arms and wrists are completely undistorted, and the fingers of the vacant operators are more natural. Flexible, in the most comfortable position, without the need to twist the wrist when operating like a QWERT keyboard, so the keyboard is easy and comfortable to operate, and there is no fatigue during long hours of operation. The mobile phone is also an Internet mobile interactive operation terminal, and uses more than hundreds of chord keys to be defined to perform more complicated mobile interaction operations. Eleventh embodiment
第十一实施例具有两个轴线相互垂直的翻转铰链结构的手机, 所述键盘 10顶部先后通 过点接型翻转铰链 A2和顺轴型翻转铰链 A1连接具有显示屏 210的机壳(外壳一) 20, 参见 图 29, 所述键盘 10可绕顺轴型翻转铰链 Al与所述外壳一 20折叠, 参见图 30, 所述键盘 10 可绕顺轴型翻转铰链 A1翻转 180° 打开, 参见图 32, 呈现形同第十实施例的手机的样式, 点接型翻转铰链 A2的轴线处在所述键盘 10顶部侧边位置, 绕点接型翻转铰链 A2可使所述 键盘 10与外壳一 20朝向相互交叉方向翻转, 由状态 01翻转 0° 起, 绕点接型翻转铰链 A2 顺时针翻转 60° (状态 02) 或翻转 90° (状态 03), 所述键盘 10键面朝向右侧, 供操作者 右手进行操控; 又可由状态 01翻转 0° 起, 绕横轴型铰链 A2逆时针翻转 60° (状态 04)或 翻转 90° (状态 05), 所述键盘 10键面朝向左侧, 供操作者左手进行操控。 The eleventh embodiment has a mobile phone having two inverted hinge structures whose axes are perpendicular to each other, and the top of the keyboard 10 is connected to the casing (the casing 1) having the display screen 210 through the point-type flip hinge A2 and the shaft-type flip hinge A1. , see 29, the keyboard 10 can be folded around the hinge type flip hinge A1 and the outer casing 20, see FIG. 30, the keyboard 10 can be flipped 180° around the right axis flip hinge A1, see FIG. 32, showing the shape In the same manner as the mobile phone of the tenth embodiment, the axis of the point-type flip hinge A2 is located at the top side of the keyboard 10, and the flip-up hinge A2 can make the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20 face each other. Flip, from state 01 flipping 0°, wrap-around flip hinge A2 clockwise flip 60° (state 02) or flip 90° (state 03), the keyboard 10 key face is facing the right side for the operator's right hand Control; again from the state 01 flip 0 °, about 60 ° (state 04) or flip 90 ° (state 05) counterclockwise around the horizontal axis hinge A2, the keyboard 10 key face to the left, for the operator left hand Control.
当所述键盘 10处在状态 01时, 可单手操控所述手机打电话或其他操作。  When the keyboard 10 is in the state 01, the mobile phone can be manipulated by one hand or other operations.
本实施例手机在绕纵轴型铰链 A1翻转 180° 展开后的结构, 与第十实施例相同, 所述 键盘 10可采用左右手混用键盘, 绕横轴型铰链 A2向左翻或右翻, 供左手或右手操作; 所述 键盘 10与所述外壳一 20折叠时, 参见图 32, 尺寸较小, 方便装入口袋携带, 并保护显示屏 210和所述键盘 10, 避免划伤或误触。  In the embodiment, the structure of the mobile phone is rotated 180° around the vertical axis hinge A1, which is the same as that of the tenth embodiment. The keyboard 10 can be mixed with the right and left hand, and turned left or right around the horizontal axis hinge A2. Left-hand or right-hand operation; when the keyboard 10 is folded with the outer casing 20, referring to Fig. 32, the size is small, it is convenient to carry in the pocket, and protects the display screen 210 and the keyboard 10 from scratches or accidental touches.
参见图 31, 所述键盘 10是左右手混用键盘, 所述键盘 10相邻的 12数字键的键体相互 被机壳隔离, 部分符号标记在各自的键体之上, 其余符号标记各自键体周围的机壳之上, 并 且有些符号标记各自键体周围的机壳斜侧边之上, 更加有效地利用机身外壳, 使机身变得更 加纤细; 数字按键 5与同列的其他按键形状不同, 可替代其凸起的定位标记, 配合左右 Shift 上的凸起的定位标记, 以适应盲打操作。  Referring to FIG. 31, the keyboard 10 is a left-right hand mixing keyboard, and the keys of the adjacent 12-digit keys of the keyboard 10 are separated from each other by the casing, and some symbols are marked on the respective key bodies, and the remaining symbols are marked around the respective key bodies. Above the casing, and some symbols mark the upper side of the casing around the respective key body, making more efficient use of the fuselage casing to make the fuselage more slim; the numeric button 5 is different from the other buttons in the same column. It can replace its raised positioning marks and match the raised positioning marks on the left and right Shift to accommodate the blind hitting operation.
所述手机还是移动 SaaS (软件即服务) 终端, 利用无线连接网络, 运行在线办公软件, 可在步行移动中运行 ERP、 SCM、 CRM、 IDP等办公软件或 WORD、 EXECL、 PPT等文档 软件, 无缝平滑接入, 实现随时随地的高效工作, 即所述手持设备是移动网络办公终端。 第十二实施例  The mobile phone is also a mobile SaaS (software as a service) terminal, uses a wireless connection network, runs online office software, can run ERP, SCM, CRM, IDP and other office software or WORD, EXECL, PPT and other document software in walking mobile, no Sleeve smooth access to achieve efficient work anytime, anywhere, that is, the handheld device is a mobile network office terminal. Twelfth embodiment
第十二实施例是另一款具有两个轴线相互垂直的翻转铰链结构的手机, 所述键盘 10顶部 先后通过顺轴型翻转铰链 A1和点接型翻转铰链 A2连接具有显示屏 210的机壳(外壳一) 20, 参见图 33, 所述键盘 10可绕其中的顺轴型翻转铰链 A1与所述外壳一 20折叠闭合, 参见图 34, 所述键盘 10也可绕顺轴型翻转铰链 A1翻转 180° 打开, 参见图 35和 36, 进一步地, 绕点接型翻转铰链 A2可使所述键盘 10与外壳一 20朝向交叉方向翻转, 所述键盘键面朝向 右侧 (状态 03) 或左侧 (状态 06), 供操作者右手或左手进行竖屏操控, 进一步地, 绕顺轴 型翻转铰链 A1再翻转 60° (状态 04或 07) 或 90° (状态 05或 08), 供操作者右手或左手 进行横屏操控; 所述手机可实现显示屏旋转切换显示功能, 即横竖转屏切换显示功能。  The twelfth embodiment is another mobile phone having a flip hinge structure in which two axes are perpendicular to each other, and the top of the keyboard 10 is connected to the casing having the display screen 210 through the shaft-type flip hinge A1 and the point-type flip hinge A2. (Shell 1) 20, Referring to FIG. 33, the keyboard 10 can be folded and closed with the housing-type 20 around the axis-type flip hinge A1. Referring to FIG. 34, the keyboard 10 can also flip the hinge A1 around the axis. Flip 180° open, see Figs. 35 and 36. Further, the wrap-around flip hinge A2 flips the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20 toward the intersecting direction, the keyboard key faces toward the right side (state 03) or left Side (state 06), for the operator's right or left hand to perform vertical screen manipulation, further, flip the hinge A1 around the axis and then flip 60° (state 04 or 07) or 90° (state 05 or 08) for the operator The right hand or the left hand performs horizontal screen manipulation; the mobile phone can realize the display rotation switching display function, that is, the horizontal and vertical screen switching display function.
参见图 34, 当所述键盘 10处在状态 02时, 可单手操控所述手机打电话或其他操作。 这种结构的手机在所述键盘 10与所述外壳一 20重叠时, 参见图 33, 尺寸较小, 方便 装入口袋携带, 并保护显示屏 210和所述键盘 10, 避免划伤或误触, 展开后, 还可实现横竖 转屏切换的右手或左手的和弦键盘操作, 即所述铰链可实现所述设备的开合和或调整所述键 盘倾斜角度的功能。  Referring to Fig. 34, when the keyboard 10 is in the state 02, the mobile phone can be manipulated by one hand or other operations. When the keyboard 10 overlaps with the outer casing 20, referring to FIG. 33, the mobile phone of the structure has a small size, is conveniently carried in the pocket, and protects the display screen 210 and the keyboard 10 from scratching or mis-touching. After the expansion, the right-hand or left-hand chord keyboard operation of the horizontal and vertical screen switching can also be realized, that is, the hinge can realize the function of opening and closing the device and adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard.
与第十实施例相同, 所述键盘 10也采用左右手混用和弦键盘, 参见图 38, 与第十实施 例的不同之处在于, 在按压组合键 *6 (LR左右手键盘转换键)后, 右手键盘转为左手键盘, 除 了按键 147和 369对应的单键字母 RSN和 TEA对调外, 辅助功能按键 sym与 alt也对调, 实 现左右手具有对称的辅助功能按键排序, 相应的按键具有双层文字, 上层文字标记右手功能, 下层文字标记左手功能。 As with the tenth embodiment, the keyboard 10 also uses a left and right hand mixed chord keyboard. Referring to FIG. 38, the difference from the tenth embodiment is that after pressing the combination key *6 (LR left and right hand keyboard conversion keys), the right hand keyboard Switch to the left-hand keyboard, except for the one-button letters RSN and TEA corresponding to buttons 147 and 369, the auxiliary function buttons sym and alt are also reversed. Now the right and left hands have a symmetrical auxiliary function button sorting, the corresponding button has double-layer text, the upper layer marks the right hand function, and the lower layer marks the left hand function.
参见图 37所示, 第十二实施例所述键盘结构图, 本实施例中列数字按键比其两侧的按键 略为高出, 高度差 403-403'为 0~7mm, 即所述键盘左列按键 147与右列按键 369平行或略低 于同排的中列按键 258, 介于 0~7mm; 这是出于照顾中指比其两侧的食指和无名指略长而进 行的人性化设计。 当所述按键 * (#) 的左 (右) 边缘线 305与按键 1、 4、 7 (3、 6、 9) 的左 (右) 边缘线 301 (304) 接近重合时, 所述右 (左) 手键盘辅助键区左 (右) 边缘线 501处 在按键 7 (9)右 (左) 部不超过按键 7 (9) 宽度四分之一的右 (左) 侧; 最右 (左)端辅助 键按键的横向中点 502处在按键 0右 (左) 边缘线 303 (302) 的左 (右) 侧;  Referring to FIG. 37, the keyboard structure diagram of the twelfth embodiment, in this embodiment, the column number keys are slightly higher than the buttons on both sides thereof, and the height difference 403-403' is 0~7 mm, that is, the keyboard left The column button 147 is parallel or slightly lower than the right column button 369, which is between 0 and 7 mm; this is a humanized design for taking care of the middle finger slightly longer than the index finger and the ring finger on both sides. When the left (right) edge line 305 of the button * (#) is nearly coincident with the left (right) edge line 301 (304) of the button 1, 4, 7 (3, 6, 9), the right (left) ) Hand keyboard auxiliary keypad left (right) Edge line 501 at button 7 (9) right (left) does not exceed button 7 (9) width quarter of right (left) side; rightmost (left) end The lateral midpoint 502 of the auxiliary key button is on the left (right) side of the right (left) edge line 303 (302) of the button 0;
此手机具有所述双手混用和弦键盘,可作为移动网络搜索终端,无缝平滑连接移动互联网, 利用左手或右手进行快速字符输入, 实现包括步行移动在内的无间隔操作。  The mobile phone has the chord keyboard mixed with the hands, can be used as a mobile network search terminal, seamlessly and smoothly connects to the mobile Internet, and uses the left or right hand for fast character input to realize the non-interval operation including walking movement.
所述手机还是移动统一通信终端, 通过无线连接网络, 进行语音、 数据、 视频等数据交互 传送, 并实现交互操作。 第十三实施例  The mobile phone is also a mobile unified communication terminal, and wirelessly connects to the network to perform voice, data, video and other data interactive transmission, and realizes interactive operation. Thirteenth embodiment
第十三实施例也是具有两个轴线相互垂直的翻转铰链结构的手机, 本实施例所述键盘 10 侧边先后通过点接型翻转铰链 A2和顺轴型翻转铰链 A1连接外壳一 20, 所述外壳一 20具有 显示屏 210, 参见图 39, 所述键盘 10可绕其中的顺轴型翻转铰链 A1与所述外壳一 20折叠, 所述键盘 10可平放地折叠在所述外壳一 20的顶面, 键面朝下, 通过铰链 A1也可使所述键 盘 10向脱离外壳一 20的顶面方向翻转打开, 参见图 40, 所述键盘 10绕纵轴型铰链 A1顺时 针翻转 90° 并保持该状态 02, 所述键盘 10再绕点接型翻转铰链 A2翻转 180° 转面, 键面由 朝向左侧 (内侧)转为朝向右侧 (外侧), 键尾朝向操作者, 进行右手和弦操控; 或者, 保持 点接型翻转铰链 A2不翻转的情况下, 由折叠状态 01直接绕顺轴型翻转铰链 A1顺时针翻转 180° - 270° 角度之间, 参见图 41, 操作者进行左手和弦操控; 所述手持设备可实现显示屏 旋转切换显示功能, 即横竖转屏切换显示功能。  The thirteenth embodiment is also a mobile phone having a flip hinge structure in which two axes are perpendicular to each other. In the embodiment, the side of the keyboard 10 is connected to the outer casing 20 by a point-type flip hinge A2 and a coaxial flip hinge A1. A 20 has a display screen 210. Referring to FIG. 39, the keyboard 10 is foldable about the right-axis flip hinge A1 and the outer casing 20, and the keyboard 10 can be folded flat on the top of the outer casing 20. The face 10 faces downward, and the keyboard 10 can also be flipped open away from the top surface of the outer casing 20 by the hinge A1. Referring to FIG. 40, the keyboard 10 is turned 90° clockwise around the vertical axis hinge A1 and held. In the state 02, the keyboard 10 is turned around the point hinge type flip hinge A2 to turn the 180° turn surface, and the key surface is turned from the left side (inside side) to the right side (outside side), the key tail is directed to the operator, and the right hand chord manipulation is performed. Or, if the point-inverted flip hinge A2 is not turned over, the folded state 01 is directly rotated about the axiswise flip hinge A1 clockwise between 180° - 270° angle, see Figure 41, Operation The left hand chord is controlled; the handheld device can realize the display switching function of the display screen, that is, the horizontal and vertical screen switching display function.
所述手机还是移动物联网终端,通过无线连接网络,进行各种数据读取,并实现交互操作。 第十四实施例  The mobile phone is also a mobile Internet of Things terminal, and performs various data reading through a wireless connection network, and realizes an interactive operation. Fourteenth embodiment
第十四实施例是另一款所述键盘侧边通过两个轴线相互垂直的翻转铰链结构的手机, 所述 键盘 10侧边先后通过顺轴型翻转铰链 A1和点接型翻转铰链 A2连接外壳一 20, 所述外壳一 20具有显示屏 210, 参见图 42, 所述键盘 10可绕其中的顺轴型翻转铰链 A1与所述外壳一 20折叠, 所述键盘 10键面朝上, 平放地折叠在所述外壳一 20的背面, 还通过该铰链 A1翻 转打开, 参见图 43, 所述键盘绕顺轴型翻转铰链 A1翻转 90° (状态 02), 显示屏 210再绕 点接型翻转铰链 A2翻转 180° 由朝下转换为朝上, 进行右手操控; 参见图 44, 或者, 由图 42所处状态, 手机整体逆时针翻转 180° , 显示屏 210转为朝上, 所述键盘 10绕顺轴型翻转 铰链 A1翻转 90° ~ 180° (状态 03) 角度之间状态, 可进行左手操控; 所述手持设备可实 现显示屏旋转切换显示功能, 即横竖转屏切换显示功能。 参见图 45, 绕所述铰链 A1旋转 180° 可使所述键盘 10处在外壳一 20的一个侧边之外, 所述键盘 10与外壳一 20处于平行状态 03, 所述键盘 10键面与外壳一的显示屏 210处在同 一朝向, 在远离所述键盘外壳一 20的另一个侧边的的上表面具有 3个按键 271、 272、 273, 配合所述键盘 10进行双手握持的游戏操作, 即左 (右)手操控设备左 (右)侧部的所述键盘 10, 右 (左) 手操控设备右 (左) 侧部的 3个按键, 显示屏 210则处在两手之间。 The fourteenth embodiment is another mobile phone with a flip hinge structure in which the sides of the keyboard are perpendicular to each other by two axes, and the side of the keyboard 10 is connected to the outer casing through a shaft-type flip hinge A1 and a point-type flip hinge A2. A housing 20 has a display screen 210. Referring to FIG. 42, the keyboard 10 can be folded around the shaft-type flip hinge A1 and the housing 20, and the keyboard 10 faces upwards and is placed flat. Folded on the back of the outer casing 20, and also flipped open by the hinge A1. Referring to Fig. 43, the keyboard is turned 90° around the axis-type flip hinge A1 (state 02), and the display screen 210 is flipped again. The hinge A2 is turned 180° from the downward direction to the upper side, and the right hand is operated; see Fig. 44, or, as shown in Fig. 42, the whole mobile phone is turned counterclockwise by 180°, and the display screen 210 is turned upward, the keyboard 10 Around the axis-type flip hinge A1 flips 90° ~ 180° (state 03) between the angles, it can be left-handed; the handheld device can realize the display rotation switching display function, that is, the horizontal and vertical screen switching display function. Referring to FIG. 45, the keyboard 10 is rotated 180° around the hinge A1 so that the keyboard 10 is outside a side of the housing 20, and the keyboard 10 and the housing 20 are in a parallel state 03, and the keyboard 10 is keyed. The display screen 210 of the outer casing 1 is in the same orientation, and has three buttons 271, 272, 273 on the upper surface away from the other side of the keyboard casing 20, and the game operation of holding the two hands with the keyboard 10 That is, the left (right) hand controls the keyboard 10 on the left (right) side of the device, the right (left) hand controls the three buttons on the right (left) side of the device, and the display screen 210 is between the two hands.
所述键盘是游戏键盘, 定义如下, 其中数字 0123456789 #*为单键单击击, 括弧 "()"内对 应相应功能: 横键  The keyboard is a game keyboard, defined as follows, where the number 0123456789 #* is a single-click click, and the corresponding function in the bracket "()": horizontal key
2 (▲) 4 ) 6 ( ►) 8 (▼) 5( O )  2 (▲) 4 ) 6 ( ►) 8 (▼) 5( O )
1 (A) 3 (B) 7 (C) 9 (D)  1 (A) 3 (B) 7 (C) 9 (D)
这样, 就实现了双手握持所述手持设备, 两个大拇指分别操控处在显示屏 210两侧的所 述键盘 10或按键 271、 272、 273的游戏操作模式。  Thus, it is achieved that the handheld device is held by both hands, and the two thumbs respectively manipulate the game operation modes of the keyboard 10 or the buttons 271, 272, 273 on both sides of the display screen 210.
参见图 46, 手机的所述键盘 10平放地重叠在所述外壳一 20的背面处在状态 01, 外壳一 20具有触摸屏 210, 可实现虚拟电话数字键盘和或触摸点击功能。  Referring to Fig. 46, the keyboard 10 of the mobile phone is superposed on the back of the casing 20 in a state 01, and the casing 20 has a touch screen 210, which realizes a virtual telephone numeric keypad and or a touch click function.
所述手机是移动网络游戏终端, 装入游戏终端软件, 处在所述游戏界面, 通过无线连接网 络, 登陆游戏网站及私人帐户, 进行多人网路游戏。  The mobile phone is a mobile network game terminal, loaded with game terminal software, located in the game interface, and connected to a game website and a private account through a wireless connection network to perform multiplayer online games.
进一步地, 所述手机还是移动网络即时通信终端, 快速从所述游戏界面转换到单手和弦键 盘界面, 进行文字输入操作, 边聊天边游戏。 第十五实施例  Further, the mobile phone is also a mobile network instant messaging terminal, and quickly switches from the game interface to the one-hand chord keyboard interface, performs a text input operation, and plays while chatting. Fifteenth embodiment
第十五实施例是一款所述键盘先后通过点接型翻转铰链 A2和平面旋转铰链 C与具有显示 屏 210的外壳一 20连接的手机, 参见图 47, 是该手机所述键盘 10与外壳一 20重叠时显示 屏 210分别朝上和朝下放置的示意图。  The fifteenth embodiment is a mobile phone in which the keyboard is connected to the casing 20 having the display screen 210 through the point-and-receiving flip hinge A2 and the plane rotary hinge C. Referring to FIG. 47, the keyboard 10 and the casing of the mobile phone are shown. A schematic view of the display screen 210 placed upwards and downwards when a 20 overlaps.
所述手持设备的外壳一具有显示屏; 所述铰链可实现所述设备的开合和或调整所述键盘倾 斜角度的功能。  The housing of the handheld device has a display screen; the hinge can realize the function of opening and closing the device and adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard.
所述铰链具有止动装置, 除闭合状态之外, 可使所述铰链在特定角度内停止转动并保持此 状态的情况至少出现一次; 平面旋转铰链 C和点接型翻转铰链 A2所述的止动装置具有 15° 或 30° 或 90° 的分档器, 使所述键盘每旋转所述角度就停止并稳定地保持该角度状态; 外壳 一靠近平面旋转铰链 C轴芯的侧边呈半圆状。  The hinge has a stopper, which, in addition to the closed state, causes the hinge to stop rotating within a certain angle and maintain the state at least once; the plane rotary hinge C and the point-type flip hinge A2 The moving device has a stepper of 15° or 30° or 90°, so that the keyboard stops and stably maintains the angular state every time the keyboard is rotated; the side of the casing close to the plane rotating hinge C-axis core is semicircular .
参见图 48, 是所述手机的底侧视图, 从所述键盘 10与外壳一 20重叠的状态 a起始, 绕 回旋铰链 C顺时针依次旋转至状态 d、 状态 e (90° )、 状态 f 、 状态 g ( 180° )、 状态 h、 状态 i ( 270° )、 状态 j,最后回归原位 0° (状态 a); 在所述键盘 10与外壳一 20非重叠 的 (非 a) 状态, 根据绕回旋铰链 C旋转所处位置不同, 所述键盘 10可绕点接型翻转铰链 A2向右翻转至平放的状态 01或侧立的状态 02或直立的状态 03, 键面朝右, 供操作者右手 操控, 或者, 所述键盘 10可绕点接型翻转铰链 A2向左翻转至平放的状态 01或侧立的状态 04或直立的状态 03, 键面朝左, 供操作者左手操控, 所以, 本实施例的所述键盘采用双手混 用键盘。  Referring to Fig. 48, it is a bottom side view of the mobile phone, starting from a state a in which the keyboard 10 overlaps the outer casing 20, and is rotated clockwise around the swing hinge C to a state d, a state e (90°), a state f , state g (180°), state h, state i (270°), state j, last return to home position 0° (state a); in the non-overlapping (non-a) state of the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20, Depending on the position at which the whirling hinge C is rotated, the keyboard 10 can be flipped rightward to the right state 01 or the side state 02 or the upright state 03 around the point-type flip hinge A2, with the key face facing right, for The operator can control the right hand, or the keyboard 10 can be flipped to the left in the state of the flat state 01 or the side state 04 or the upright state 03 around the point-type flip hinge A2, the key face is left, for the operator to manipulate the left hand Therefore, the keyboard of the embodiment adopts a hand-mixed keyboard.
参见图 49所示, 是所述外壳一 20绕回旋铰链 C旋转至状态 h, 操作者处在 j位置, 所述 键盘尾部朝向操作者并处在 02状态时, 键面朝向右侧, 供操作者右手操控。 Referring to FIG. 49, the outer casing 20 is rotated about the swing hinge C to the state h, and the operator is at the j position. When the tail of the keyboard faces the operator and is in the 02 state, the key face faces the right side for the operator's right hand to control.
具有平面回旋铰链 C与翻转铰链 A2的组合结构,使得本实施例的手机变化出多种适合所 述键盘操作的姿态, 参见图 50, 是所述手机显示屏朝上的俯视图, 操作者处在 a位置, 所述 键盘 10尾部朝向操作者, 外壳一 20绕平面回旋铰链 C分别旋转至状态 i ( -90° )、 状态 g ( 180° )、 状态 e (+ 90° ) ,可进行 (状态 i) (状态 e) 两种横屏操作和一种 (状态 g) 竖 屏操作, 进一步地, 所述键盘 10再进行适当调整, 当调整至处在状态 c ( -30° )与状态 a ( 0 ° ) 之间时, 操作者可进行所述左手和弦键盘操作; 当调整至处在状态 b (+30° ) 与状态 a ( 0° )之间时, 操作者可进行所述右手和弦键盘操作; 此外, 操作者处在 i位置, 可进行所 述键盘 10处在状态 c的竖屏右手和弦键盘操作; 对称地, 操作者处在 e 位置, 进行所述键盘 10处在状态 b的竖屏左手和弦键盘操作, 此时所述键盘 10与所述外壳一 20的显示屏 210的 夹角为 60° ; 所述手持设备可实现显示屏旋转切换显示功能, 即横竖转屏切换显示功能; 所 述铰链中空, 并具有电气配线穿过并连接所述键盘和所述外壳一。  The combination structure of the planar swing hinge C and the flip hinge A2 causes the mobile phone of the embodiment to change a plurality of postures suitable for the keyboard operation. Referring to FIG. 50, the mobile phone display screen is upwardly facing, and the operator is at a position, the tail of the keyboard 10 faces the operator, and the outer casing 20 rotates around the plane swing hinge C to a state i (-90°), a state g (180°), a state e (+90°), and can be performed (state) i) (state e) two horizontal screen operations and one (state g) vertical screen operation, further, the keyboard 10 is further adjusted, when adjusted to be in state c (-30°) and state a ( The operator can perform the left-hand chord keyboard operation between 0 ° ); when the adjustment is between the state b (+30°) and the state a (0°), the operator can perform the right-hand chord keyboard In addition, the operator is in the i position, and the vertical screen right-hand chord keyboard operation of the keyboard 10 in the state c can be performed; symmetrically, the operator is in the e position, and the keyboard 10 is in the state b. Screen left hand chord keyboard operation At this time, the angle between the keyboard 10 and the display screen 210 of the outer casing 20 is 60°; the handheld device can realize the display switching function of the display screen, that is, the horizontal and vertical screen switching display function; the hinge is hollow, And having electrical wiring passing through and connecting the keyboard and the outer casing 1.
操作者处在 a位置, 所述键盘处在 a状态, 外壳一 20处在状态 g时, 操作者可进行所述 键盘 10的单手手机操控。  The operator is in the a position, the keyboard is in the a state, and the outer casing 20 is in the state g, the operator can perform the one-hand phone manipulation of the keyboard 10.
所述键盘 10与外壳一 20重叠的状态 a, 操作者处在 a位置, 外壳一 20具有触摸屏 210, 可实现虚拟电话数字键盘和或触摸点击功能, 操作者可进行单手虚拟键盘手机模式操控。  The keyboard 10 overlaps with the outer casing 20, the operator is in the a position, and the outer casing 20 has the touch screen 210, which can realize the virtual telephone numeric keypad and the touch click function, and the operator can perform the one-hand virtual keyboard mobile phone mode control. .
所述手机是移动网络电子商务终端, 通过无线连接移动互联网, 登陆商务网站, 输入帐 户和密码, 进行上传商品图片、 撰写编辑商品介绍、 标价等操作, 并利用移动网络即时通信 进行聊天, 与客户商讨商品价格、 品质的问题, 促成随时随地的移动在线电子商务的交易。 第十六实施例  The mobile phone is a mobile network e-commerce terminal, which is connected to the business website by wireless connection, login to the business website, inputting an account and a password, uploading a product picture, writing an edited product introduction, pricing, and the like, and using the mobile network instant communication to chat, and the customer Discuss the issue of commodity price and quality, and promote the transaction of mobile online e-commerce anytime and anywhere. Sixteenth embodiment
第十五实施例是一款手机,所述键盘 10先后通过顺轴型翻转铰链 A1和平面旋转铰链 C连 接具有显示屏 210的外壳一 20。  The fifteenth embodiment is a mobile phone, and the keyboard 10 is connected to the casing 20 having the display screen 210 through the axis-type flip hinge A1 and the plane rotary hinge C.
参见图 51, 是所述手机的底视图, 从所述键盘 10与外壳一 20重叠的状态 a起始, 绕回旋 铰链 C顺时针依次旋转至状态13、 状态 i ( 90° )、 状态 d 、 状态 f ( 180° )、 状态 g 、 状态 i (270° )、 状态 j, 最后回归原位状态 a ( 0° ); 同时, 在所述键盘 10与外壳一 20非重叠的 (非 a)状态, 所述键盘 10可绕顺轴型翻转铰链 A1向右翻转至平放的状态 01或侧立的状态 02或直立的状态 03, 键面朝右, 供操作者右手操控。  Referring to FIG. 51, it is a bottom view of the mobile phone, starting from a state a in which the keyboard 10 overlaps the outer casing 20, and rotating clockwise around the swing hinge C to a state 13, a state i (90°), a state d, State f (180°), state g, state i (270°), state j, and finally return to the in-situ state a (0°); meanwhile, the non-overlapping (non-a) state of the keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20 The keyboard 10 can be flipped rightward to the right state 01 or the side state 02 or the upright state 03 about the axis-type flip hinge A1, and the key face is facing right, for the operator to control the right hand.
顺轴型翻转铰链 A1与平面旋转铰链 C的组合,使本实施例的所述手机如同变形金刚一般, 变幻出多种姿态, 在横屏或竖屏情况下, 进行所述键盘的和弦、 游戏等操作, 参见图 52, 所 述手机的俯视图, 操作者处在 i位置, 所述键盘 10处在尾部朝向操作者右手臂的 a 立置, 外 壳一 20绕平面回旋铰链 C分别旋转至状态 i ( -90° )、 状态 f ( - 180° )、 状态 c ( + 90 ° ) ,可进行状态 i和状态 c两种竖屏操作和状态 f一种横屏操作, 操作者可左手持机, 进行 所述右手和弦键盘操作,进一步地,所述键盘适当调整,处在 0° (状态 a)至 30° ~ 60° (状 态 b) 之间, 同样可以进行上述三种状态下的右手和弦键盘操作。  The combination of the axiswise flip hinge A1 and the planar rotary hinge C makes the mobile phone of the embodiment change a variety of postures like a Transformer. In the case of a horizontal screen or a vertical screen, the chords and games of the keyboard are performed. For operation, referring to FIG. 52, the top view of the mobile phone, the operator is in the i position, the keyboard 10 is at the a position of the tail facing the operator's right arm, and the outer casing 20 is rotated around the plane swing hinge C to the state i. (-90°), state f (-180°), state c (+90 °), two vertical screen operations and status f can be performed for state i and state c. A horizontal screen operation, the operator can hold the machine to the left. Performing the right-hand chord keyboard operation, and further, the keyboard is properly adjusted, between 0° (state a) and 30°-60° (state b), and the right-hand chord keyboard in the above three states can also be performed. operating.
所述铰链可实现所述设备的开合和或调整所述键盘倾斜角度的功能;所述铰链 C和 A1具 有止动装置, 除闭合状态之外, 还可使所述铰链运行至特定角度时停止并保持该状态的情况 至少出现一次;所述手机的平面旋转铰链 C和顺轴型翻转铰链 Al具有 15 ° 或 30° 或 45 ° 或 90° 的分档器, 它使所述键盘每旋转一定角度就停止并稳定地保持该角度状态; 外壳一 10靠 近平面旋转铰链 C轴芯的侧边呈半圆状; 所述铰链 A1具有止动器, 可使所述键盘保持与外 壳一平行的状态, 所述手机键盘或游戏键盘操作, 进一步地, 在键面朝向右侧 0~90° 角度之 间保持稳定至少一个状态, 进行所述和弦键盘操作; 所述手持设备可实现显示屏旋转切换显 示功能, 即横竖转屏切换显示功能。 The hinge can realize the opening and closing of the device and or the function of adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard; the hinges C and A1 have a stopping device, and in addition to the closed state, the hinge can be operated to a specific angle Stop and maintain this state At least once; the flat rotary hinge C and the coaxial flip hinge Al of the mobile phone have a stepper of 15° or 30° or 45° or 90°, which stops and stably maintains the keyboard every certain angle of rotation The angle state; the side of the outer casing 10 adjacent to the plane rotary hinge C-axis core is semi-circular; the hinge A1 has a stopper to keep the keyboard in a state parallel to the outer casing, the mobile phone keyboard or the game keyboard Operation, further, maintaining at least one state between the 0 to 90° angles of the key surface toward the right side, performing the chord keyboard operation; the handheld device can realize the display rotation switching display function, that is, the horizontal and vertical screen switching display Features.
所述键盘 10与外壳一 20重叠于状态 a,操作者处在 a位置,外壳一 20具有触摸屏 210, 可实现虚拟电话数字键盘和或触摸点击功能, 操作者可进行单手虚拟键盘手机模式操控。  The keyboard 10 and the outer casing 20 overlap with the state a, the operator is in the a position, and the outer casing 20 has the touch screen 210, which can realize the virtual telephone numeric keypad and or the touch click function, and the operator can perform the one-hand virtual keyboard mobile phone mode control. .
绕回旋铰链 C旋转至状态 f 、, 操作者处在 Γ位置, 所述键盘尾部朝向操作者, 显示屏为 触摸屏, 触摸屏在远离所述键盘的一侧具有两个虚拟按键 274和 275, 作为游戏按键 A和 B, 配合所述键盘 10, 供操作者进行类同图 45所示的双手游戏操控。  Rotating around the swing hinge C to the state f, the operator is in the Γ position, the keyboard tail is facing the operator, the display screen is a touch screen, and the touch screen has two virtual buttons 274 and 275 on the side away from the keyboard, as a game Buttons A and B cooperate with the keyboard 10 for the operator to perform a two-hand game control similar to that shown in FIG.
所述手机是移动网络银行支付或移动网络转账或移动网络购物终端,通过无线连接移动互 联网, 登陆商务网站, 输入帐户和和弦密码, 输入需要的商品名称进行搜索并查找, 与商家 通过移动即时通信沟通, 了解商品并砍价, 再登陆移动网络银行帐户, 输入和弦密码, 将货 款通过移动网络转账至商家帐户, 完成移动网络购物交易。 第十七实施例  The mobile phone is a mobile network bank payment or mobile network transfer or mobile network shopping terminal, wirelessly connects to the mobile Internet, logs into a business website, inputs an account and a chord password, inputs a desired product name to search and find, and communicates with the merchant through mobile instant messaging Communicate, understand the goods and bargain, then log in to the mobile online bank account, enter the chord password, transfer the payment to the merchant account via the mobile network, and complete the mobile online shopping transaction. Seventeenth embodiment
第十七实施例是一款具有顺轴型翻转铰链 A1和滑动铰链 B的手机, 参见图 53, 所述键盘 10先后通过顺轴型翻转铰链 A1和滑动铰链 B与外壳一 20连接, 所述外壳一 20的具有显示 屏 210。  The seventeenth embodiment is a mobile phone having a hinge type flip hinge A1 and a slide hinge B. Referring to FIG. 53, the keyboard 10 is connected to the outer casing one 20 through a hinge type flip hinge A1 and a slide hinge B, respectively. The housing 20 has a display 210.
沿滑动铰链 B 滑动可使所述键盘与外壳一折叠并且完全处在外壳一的覆盖之下, 或者, 可使所述铰链 A1和所述键盘 10完全处在外壳一的一个侧边之外。  Sliding along the sliding hinge B allows the keyboard to be folded with the outer casing and completely under the cover of the outer casing, or the hinge A1 and the keyboard 10 can be completely outside one side of the outer casing 1.
所述铰链 A1 具有止动器, 可使所述键盘保持与外壳一平行的状态, 进行所述键盘游戏模 式操作, 进一步地, 所述键盘绕顺轴型翻转铰链 A1顺时针翻转, 在键面朝向右侧 0~90° 角 度之间保持稳定至少一个状态, 或者, 保持键面朝向右侧的竖立状态, 进行所述和弦键盘操 作。  The hinge A1 has a stopper for keeping the keyboard in a state parallel to the outer casing, and performing the keyboard game mode operation. Further, the keyboard is turned clockwise around the hinge type flip hinge A1. The chord keyboard operation is performed by maintaining at least one state between the angles of 0 to 90° toward the right side, or maintaining the key surface toward the right side.
即所述铰链可实现所述设备的开合和或调整所述键盘倾斜角度的功能; 所述铰链具有止 动装置, 除闭合状态之外, 还可使所述铰链运行至特定角度或长度时停止并保持该状态的情 况至少出现一次; 所述铰链中空, 并具有电气配线穿过并连接所述键盘和所述外壳一。  That is, the hinge can realize the function of opening and closing of the device and or adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard; the hinge has a stopping device, and in addition to the closed state, the hinge can be operated to a specific angle or length The condition of stopping and maintaining the state occurs at least once; the hinge is hollow and has electrical wiring passing through and connecting the keyboard and the outer casing 1.
外壳一 20的顶面具有一个轨迹球 208和左键 201和右键 202,即外壳一具有一个 X-Y轴移 动控制装置及其左右键, 可配合所述键盘完成鼠键组合功能。  The top surface of the casing 20 has a trackball 208 and a left button 201 and a right button 202. The casing 1 has an X-Y axis movement control device and its left and right keys, which can be combined with the keyboard to perform the mouse button combination function.
所述手机还是遥控器, 可通过无线方式遥控多媒体电视或大屏幕多媒体电脑或移动电脑等 设备。 第十八实施例  The mobile phone is also a remote control, and can remotely control a multimedia television or a large-screen multimedia computer or a mobile computer. Eighteenth embodiment
第十八实施例是一款手持式平板电脑, 参见图 54, 所述键盘 10先后通过顺轴型翻转铰链 A1和滑动铰链 B与外壳一 20连接, 所述外壳一 20的具有显示屏 210。 折叠状态时, 所述键盘 10处在外壳一 20的内部, 所述键盘 10侧边连接顺轴型翻转铰链 Al, 参见图 55, 所述键盘 10及顺轴型翻转铰链 A1可沿滑动铰链 B从外壳一 20的内部弹出 而展开, 处在外壳一 20的右侧边之外, 键面朝下, 绕顺轴型翻转铰链 A1向上翻转 90° , 所 述键盘 10键面朝向与所处外壳一 20的侧边方向一致, 朝向右侧并保持此状态, 供操作者右 手操控; 手持式平板电脑在靠近所述键盘 10的顶面, 具有轨迹球 208、左键 201和右键 202, 即外壳一 20也是具有一个 X-Y轴移动控制装置及其左右键的设备, 可以配合所述键盘 10完 成鼠标与 QWERT键盘组合的所有功能。 The eighteenth embodiment is a hand-held tablet computer. Referring to Fig. 54, the keyboard 10 is connected to the casing 20 by a pivot-type flip hinge A1 and a sliding hinge B, and the casing 20 has a display screen 210. In the folded state, the keyboard 10 is inside the outer casing 20, and the side of the keyboard 10 is connected to the shaft-type flip hinge A1. Referring to FIG. 55, the keyboard 10 and the coaxial flip hinge A1 can be along the sliding hinge B. It is unfolded from the inside of the outer casing 20, and is located outside the right side of the outer casing 20, with the key surface facing downward, and the inverted hinge A1 is turned upward by 90°, and the key surface of the keyboard 10 faces and the outer casing. The sides of one 20 are in the same direction, facing the right side and maintained in this state for the operator to manipulate with the right hand; the handheld tablet is near the top surface of the keyboard 10, having a trackball 208, a left button 201 and a right button 202, ie the outer casing A 20 is also a device having an XY axis movement control device and its left and right keys, which can be combined with the keyboard 10 to perform all functions of the combination of the mouse and the QWERT keyboard.
即具有所述键盘的手持设备是移动设备, 操作者可单手悬空持握所述手持设备, 并使所述 键盘处在权利要求 4所述的摆放状态, 另一只手操控所述键盘进行所述和弦操作, 在站立或 行走中输入字符或命令等指令。  That is, the handheld device having the keyboard is a mobile device, and the operator can hold the handheld device with one hand, and put the keyboard in the placed state according to claim 4, and the other hand controls the keyboard. Perform the chord operation to input commands such as characters or commands while standing or walking.
所述平板电脑还是移动网络社区 SNS或移动网络交友互动终端。 第十九实施例  The tablet is also a mobile network community SNS or a mobile network dating interactive terminal. Nineteenth embodiment
第十九实施例是一款手持式摄像机, 参见图 56, 其机身即外壳一 20右侧具有可绕顺轴型 翻转铰链 2A1横向打开的显示屏 210, 被显示屏 210遮盖的所述键盘 10也处在外壳一 20右 侧, 与外壳一 20的右侧立面重叠, 所述键盘 10顶部通过其轴线垂直于键盘中垂线的顺轴型 翻转铰链 1A1与外壳一 20连接, 在显示屏 210打开后, 所述键盘 10可绕顺轴型铰链 1A1翻 转 160° - 180° , 处在显示屏 210的后侧下方, 键面朝向右侧, 键尾朝向下方并保持该状态, 供操作者左手持机,右手操控, 使用完毕后,所述键盘又可绕顺轴型铰链 1A1向上翻转归位, 保持与外壳一 20右侧面重叠的状态。  The nineteenth embodiment is a hand-held camera. Referring to Fig. 56, the body, that is, the right side of the casing 20, has a display screen 210 that is laterally openable about the axis-type flip hinge 2A1, and the keyboard is covered by the display screen 210. 10 is also on the right side of the outer casing 20, and overlaps with the right side elevation of the outer casing 20, and the top of the keyboard 10 is connected to the outer casing 20 through a coaxial inverted flip hinge 1A1 whose axis is perpendicular to the vertical line in the keyboard. After the screen 210 is opened, the keyboard 10 can be flipped 160°-180° around the coaxial hinge 1A1, under the rear side of the display screen 210, the key surface faces the right side, and the key tail faces downward and maintains the state for operation. The left hand is operated by the right hand, and after the use is completed, the keyboard can be turned upside down about the hinge 1A1 to maintain the state of overlapping with the right side of the outer casing 20.
可利用所述键盘对摄像机拍摄的照片或录像命名或重命名, 也可直接输入网址连通移动网 络, 将所拍摄的照片或录像命名后上传到移动网络或移动云存储。 第二十实施例  The keyboard can be used to name or rename the photos or videos captured by the camera. You can also directly input the URL to connect to the mobile network, and then upload the captured photos or videos to the mobile network or mobile cloud storage. Twentyth embodiment
参见图 57所示, 所述可拆卸键盘与手机 20结合的示意图, 所述键盘 10通过顺轴型翻转铰 链 A1与壳体 40连接, 壳体 40可拆卸式与手机 20扣合, 手机 20顶面具有显示屏 210, 所述 键盘 10可绕顺轴型翻转铰链 A1折叠地平放在手机 20背面,也可绕铰链 A1翻转至键面朝向 右侧, 所述键盘 10倾斜角介于 0° - 90° 之间, 停止转动并稳定地保持该角度, 供操作者左 手持机, 右手操控。  Referring to FIG. 57, the detachable keyboard is combined with the mobile phone 20. The keyboard 10 is connected to the housing 40 through a hinged flip hinge A1. The housing 40 is detachably coupled to the mobile phone 20, and the mobile phone 20 is topped. The keyboard 10 has a display screen 210. The keyboard 10 can be folded flat on the back of the mobile phone 20 around the axis-type flip hinge A1, or can be flipped around the hinge A1 to the right side of the key surface. The tilt angle of the keyboard 10 is 0° - Between 90°, stop turning and maintain the angle steadily for the operator to hold the left hand and control with the right hand.
即所述键盘与其他物体或设备可拆卸式连接, 所述铰链具有止动装置, 可使所述铰链在特 定角度内停止转动并保持此状态的情况至少出现一次; 所述铰链可实现所述设备的开合和或 调整所述键盘倾斜角度的功能; 所述铰链中空, 并具有电气配线穿过并连接所述键盘和所述 外壳一。  That is, the keyboard is detachably connected to other objects or devices, and the hinge has a stopping device, so that the hinge can stop rotating and maintain the state at least once within a certain angle; the hinge can realize the The opening and closing of the device and or the function of adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard; the hinge is hollow and has electrical wiring passing through and connecting the keyboard and the outer casing 1.
本实施例所述键盘可实现第一实施例所述键盘同样的英文、 中文拼音、 中文五笔或功能输 入等操作, 所述键盘与手机连接后, 可将此手机作为移动网络文档输入操作终端, 进行各种 文档的输入与编辑。 第二十一实施例 The keyboard of the embodiment can implement the same English, Chinese Pinyin, Chinese Wubi or function input operation of the keyboard in the first embodiment. After the keyboard is connected with the mobile phone, the mobile phone can be used as a mobile network document input operation terminal. Enter and edit various documents. Twenty-first embodiment
第二十一实施例是办公台 30下方具有可滑动托板 40, 所述键盘 10通过顺轴型翻转铰链 A1连接托板 40, 参见图 58, 所述键盘 10处在托板 40中央弧形缺口的右上侧, 操作者坐在 办公台 30前的座椅上, 将隐藏在台面 30下方滑动铰链 B之上的滑动托板 40拉出, 操作者 身体恰好处在托板 40中央的弧形缺口中, 两个前臂搁置在缺口两侧的托板上, 参见图 59, 所述键盘 10绕顺轴型翻转铰链 A1翻转至合适的角度状态, 并稳定地保持这种键面朝右, 键 尾朝向操作者的状态, 供操作者右手操控。  The twenty-first embodiment has a slidable pallet 40 under the office table 30, and the keyboard 10 is connected to the pallet 40 by a pivotal flip hinge A1. Referring to Fig. 58, the keyboard 10 is curved in the center of the pallet 40. On the upper right side of the notch, the operator sits on the seat in front of the office table 30, and pulls the sliding tray 40 hidden above the sliding hinge B below the table 30, and the operator's body is just in the arc of the center of the plate 40. In the notch, the two forearms rest on the pallets on both sides of the notch. Referring to FIG. 59, the keyboard 10 is flipped to a proper angle state around the axis-type flip hinge A1, and the key face is stably maintained to the right. The tail is facing the operator's state and is controlled by the operator's right hand.
即一种固定物体或固定设备, 具有外壳一, 所述键盘连接外壳一; 所述键盘通过至少一个 铰链与其他物体、 设备的外壳一连接; 具有两个铰链处在所述键盘与外壳一之间, 其中贴近 所述键盘的铰链是翻转铰链 A, 另一个是滑动铰链 B。  That is, a fixed object or a fixed device having a casing 1 , the keyboard connecting the casing 1 ; the keyboard being connected to the outer casing of other objects and equipment through at least one hinge; having two hinges at the keyboard and the outer casing The hinge hinged to the keyboard is the flip hinge A and the other is the slide hinge B.
同样也可将所述键盘固定在办公桌, 前排座椅背面等固定物体上, 可实现实施例一所述键 盘同样的英文、 中文拼音、 中文五笔或功能输入等操作。 通过上述具有所述铰链的设备的实施例, 可以总结这些设备的应用特点:  Similarly, the keyboard can be fixed on a fixed object such as a desk, the back of the front seat, etc., and the same English, Chinese Pinyin, Chinese Wubi or function input can be realized in the keyboard of the first embodiment. Through the above embodiments of the device with the hinge, the application characteristics of these devices can be summarized:
第一步, 展开所述设备, 即利用所述铰链的滑动、 翻转、 回旋的特性, 将具有此铰链的所 述手机、 移动电脑或输入设备从方便携带或存放的折叠状态转变为展开的状态。  In the first step, the device is unfolded, that is, the mobile phone, the mobile computer or the input device having the hinge is changed from a folded state that is convenient to carry or store to an expanded state by utilizing the characteristics of sliding, flipping, and turning of the hinge. .
第二步, 使所述键盘处在靠近操作手的一侧, 并且, 将所述键盘键尾朝向操作者, 同时, 如有显示屏, 需使显示屏朝上并朝向操作者的眼睛。  In the second step, the keyboard is placed on the side close to the operator, and the keyboard tail is directed toward the operator, and, if there is a display screen, the display screen is directed upwards and toward the operator's eyes.
第三步, 利用所述翻转铰链, 使所述键盘的键面朝向操作手的一侧, 并适当调整键面的倾斜 角度介于 0° ~ 90° , 以便操作手比较舒适的进行操控。 虽然已经参照其特定优选实施方式示出和描述了本发明的和弦键盘, 但是本领域的普通 技术人员应该理解, 在不偏离所附权利要求所限定的本发明的精神和范围的情况下, 可以在 形式和细节上进行各种变化。 In the third step, the flipping hinge is used to face the key surface of the keyboard toward the side of the operating hand, and the tilt angle of the key surface is appropriately adjusted to be between 0° and 90°, so that the operator can perform the control comfortably. Although the chord keyboard of the present invention has been shown and described with respect to the particular preferred embodiments thereof, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that the present invention may be practiced without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention as defined by the appended claims. Make various changes in form and detail.

Claims

、 一种单手操控 "和弦小键盘"输入信息的方法, 基于 "三列四行的十二键电话数字键 盘", 重新编码和设计软件程序, 包括如下步骤: A method of inputting information by the "chord keypad" with one hand, based on the "three columns and four rows of twelve-key telephone numeric keypad", recoding and designing the software program, including the following steps:
A.在所述 "电话数字键盘"按键 "0"下方设置包括 Shift、 Fn和 Sym仨辅助键的辅助 功能区, 同时设置按键 或 具有空格键 Space的功能;  A. Set the auxiliary function area including the Shift, Fn and Sym仨 auxiliary keys under the “telephone keypad” button "0", and set the button or the function with the space bar Space;
C.使用 "六种组合键位" 的操控方式, 包括 "单键单击"、 "双键并击"、 "三键并击"、 "辅助键 +单键单击"、 "辅助键 +双键并击"和 "辅助键 +三键并击"; 其中辅助键的 操作是, 先按下辅助键不放, 再按单键或多键组合, 键盘相应输出一个编码; 实施上述俩步骤, 可产生足够数量的编码, 用以代表各种字符和命令。  C. Use the "six key combinations" control method, including "one-click", "double-click", "three-click", "auxiliary button + one-click", "auxiliary button + Double-click the "and" auxiliary key + three keys and click "; the operation of the auxiliary key is: first press the auxiliary key, then press the single key or multi-key combination, the keyboard outputs a code accordingly; implement the above two steps , can generate a sufficient number of codes to represent various characters and commands.
 Right
、 如权利要求 1所述的输入信息的方法, 其特征在于: 还包括步骤 The method of inputting information according to claim 1, further comprising the steps
B. 在所述 "和弦小键盘"上设置具有 Ctrl和 Alt功能的俩辅助键。 、 如权利要求 1所述的输入信息的方法, 其特征在于:  B. Set the two auxiliary keys with Ctrl and Alt functions on the "chord keypad". The method of inputting information according to claim 1, wherein:
操控所述 "和弦小键盘"之右 (左) 手单手书键盘, 右 (左) 手的食指操控键盘左 (右)侧的一列按键 1、 4、 7、 # ( 3、 6、 9、 *), 右(左)手的无名指操控键盘右(左) 侧的一列按键 3、 6、 9、 * ( 1、 4、 7、 #), 中指操控键盘中列按键 2、 5、 8、 0, 处在 按键 0下方的辅助功能键区的按键由右 (左) 手的拇指操控, 右 (左) 手的拇指也操 控所述按键 # ( *), 每个手指每次只能按下指定范围内的一个按键; 所述键盘具有六种 组合键位, 包括单键单击、 双键并击、 三键并击, 辅助键 +单键单击、 辅助键 +双键并 击、 辅助键 +三键并击。 、 如权利要求 1所述的输入信息的方法, 其特征在于:  The right (left) hand of the "chord keypad" is manipulated, and the index finger of the right (left) hand controls a row of buttons on the left (right) side of the keyboard 1, 4, 7, # (3, 6, 9, * ), the right (left) hand ring finger controls the right (left) side of the keyboard, a row of buttons 3, 6, 9, * (1, 4, 7, #), the middle finger controls the column buttons 2, 5, 8, 0, The button of the auxiliary function keypad below button 0 is controlled by the thumb of the right (left) hand, and the thumb of the right (left) hand also controls the button # (*), each finger can only press the specified range at a time. One of the keys; the keyboard has six key combinations, including one-click, two-button, three-button, auxiliary button + one-click, auxiliary button + double button, auxiliary button + Three keys are combined. The method of inputting information according to claim 1, wherein:
操控所述 "和弦小键盘"之右 (左) 手单手键盘, 右 (左) 手的食指操控键盘左 (右)侧的一列按键 1、 4、 7、 # ( 3、 6、 9、 *), 右(左)手的无名指操控键盘右(左) 侧的一列按键 3、 6、 9、 * ( 1、 4、 7、 #), 中指操控键盘中列按键 2、 5、 8、 0, 处在 按键 0下方的辅助功能键区的按键由右 (左) 手的拇指操控, 右 (左) 手的拇指也操 控所述按键 # ( *), 每个手指每次只能按下指定范围内的一个按键; 所述键盘具有六种 组合键位, 包括单键单击、 双键并击、 三键并击, 辅助键 +单键单击、 辅助键 +双键并 击、 辅助键 +三键并击。 、 如权利要求 1所述的输入信息的方法, 其特征在于:  Operate the right (left) hand of the "chord keypad" with one-handed keyboard, and the index finger of the right (left) hand controls a row of buttons on the left (right) side of the keyboard 1, 4, 7, # (3, 6, 9, * ), the right (left) hand ring finger controls the right (left) side of the keyboard, a row of buttons 3, 6, 9, * (1, 4, 7, #), the middle finger controls the column buttons 2, 5, 8, 0, The button of the auxiliary function keypad below button 0 is controlled by the thumb of the right (left) hand, and the thumb of the right (left) hand also controls the button # (*), each finger can only press the specified range at a time. One of the keys; the keyboard has six key combinations, including one-click, two-button, three-button, auxiliary button + one-click, auxiliary button + double button, auxiliary button + Three keys are combined. The method of inputting information according to claim 1, wherein:
以所述键盘平放并且尾部朝向操作者为基准, 以操作者为参照, 所述右 (左) 手 键盘尾部右(左)摆角度为 0~90° , 顶部上翘角度为 0~90° , 右(左)倾角度为 0~90 ° , 并相对稳定地保持如上方位, 以便操作者右 (左) 手掌心朝向所述键盘键面, 进 行所述和弦键盘的操作。 、 如权利要求 1所述的输入信息的方法, 其特征在于: 在所述键盘的数字键 1、 With the keyboard lying flat and the tail facing the operator as the reference, with the operator as the reference, the right (left) hand keyboard tail right (left) swing angle is 0~90°, and the top upturn angle is 0~90°. The right (left) tilt angle is 0-90 °, and the above orientation is relatively stably maintained, so that the operator's right (left) palm is facing the keyboard key surface, and the chord keyboard is operated. The method of inputting information according to claim 1, wherein: The number key 1 on the keyboard
2、 2,
3、 3,
4、 5、 6、 7、 8、 9构成 3X3方阵中, 指定其中一 列 3个按键为桩键列,此列中的按键分别与 3X3方阵中的其他两列的六个按键双键并 击有 18个组合, 称为桩键双键组合, 分别对应一个符号和前述九个英文字母之外的 17个英文字母; Smy状态下, 桩键双键分别对应 18个符号; Fn状态下, 桩键双键分 别对应 18个功能;非桩键的两列按键之间的按键双键并击有 9个组合,称为非桩键双 键组合, 非桩键双键及其在 Fn状态下的输出各自分别对应 9个功能。 、 如权利要求 2所述的输入信息的方法, 其特征在于: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 form a 3X3 square matrix, specifying one of the three buttons is a pile key column, and the keys in this column are respectively double-keyed with the six buttons of the other two columns in the 3X3 square matrix. There are 18 combinations, called pile key double key combination, corresponding to one symbol and 17 English letters other than the above nine English letters; in the Smy state, the pile key double keys respectively correspond to 18 symbols; in the Fn state, The pile key double key corresponds to 18 functions respectively; the non-pile key between the two column keys has 9 combinations, called non-pile key double key combination, non-pile key double key and its in Fn state The outputs correspond to 9 functions respectively. The method of inputting information according to claim 2, wherein:
所述键盘具有辅助功能键 Shift、 Fn、 Sym、 Ctrl、 Alt, 指定数字键 2580所在的 中列桩键列,各键和键的组合(和弦)对应的字符或功能分别如下,数字 0123456789#* 为键或键组合, 括弧 "()" 内对应相应输出的字符或功能:  The keyboard has auxiliary function keys Shift, Fn, Sym, Ctrl, Alt, and the middle column pile key column where the number key 2580 is located, and the characters or functions corresponding to the combination (chord) of each key and key are as follows, the number 0123456789#* For a key or key combination, the characters or functions corresponding to the corresponding output in brackets "()":
无辅助功能键被按压或锁定的常态下,  In the normal state where no auxiliary function key is pressed or locked,
右手键盘单键单击分为两种版本分别为  One-click on the right-hand keyboard is divided into two versions:
右手单手键盘  Right hand one-handed keyboard
1 (t) 2 (o) 3 1 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(η) 0(,) * (space) #(·) 左手单手键盘 (右手兼顾)  1 (t) 2 (o) 3 1 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(η) 0(,) * (space) #(·) Left-handed one-handed keyboard (right hand and both)
1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,) *(.) #(space) 左手单手键盘  1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,) *(.) #(space) Left-handed single Hand keyboard
1 (r) 2 (o) 3 (t) 4(s) 5(h) 6(e) 7 (n) 8(i) 9 (a) 0(,) *(.) #(space) 左右手混用单手键盘  1 (r) 2 (o) 3 (t) 4(s) 5(h) 6(e) 7 (n) 8(i) 9 (a) 0(,) *(.) #(space) Mixing left and right hands One-handed keyboard
右手专用  Right hand
1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,) *(space) #(space) 或左手专用  1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,) *(space) #(space) or left hand Dedicated
1 (r) 2 (o) 3 (t) 4(s) 5(h) 6(e) 7 (n) 8(i) 9 (a) 0(,) *( space) #(space) 左手和右手键盘的桩键双键并击的组合字母、 符号为  1 (r) 2 (o) 3 (t) 4(s) 5(h) 6(e) 7 (n) 8(i) 9 (a) 0(,) *( space) #(space) Left hand and The combination of letters and symbols for the right-hand keyboard's pile key double-click
21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j ) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)  21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j ) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)
51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)  51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)
81 (、) 84 (x) 87 ( g) 83 (z) 86 (v) 89 (1)  81 (,) 84 (x) 87 ( g) 83 (z) 86 (v) 89 (1)
左手和右手键盘的非桩键双键并击组合的功能为  The function of the non-pile key combination of the left and right hand keyboards is
13 (Tab) 16 (Esc) 19 (Backspace) 43 (Page Up) 46 (Page Down) 49 (Insert) 73 (Del) 76 (Caps Lock) 79 (Enter)  13 (Tab) 16 (Esc) 19 (Backspace) 43 (Page Up) 46 (Page Down) 49 (Insert) 73 (Del) 76 (Caps Lock) 79 (Enter)
*6 (LR左右手键盘转换键) *9 (Ctrl Lock) *# (Menu)  *6 (LR left and right hand keyboard conversion keys) *9 (Ctrl Lock) *# (Menu)
其中, 相邻列之间双键 (桩键双键) 并击组合为字符, 不相邻列之间双键 (非桩键双 键) 并击组合为功能;  Wherein, the double key (pile key double key) between adjacent columns is combined into a character, and the double key (non-pile double key) between adjacent columns is combined as a function;
Shift状态下, Shift state,
右手键盘单键单击输出转换为大写字母或上档符号 Right-handed keyboard single-click output is converted to uppercase or upper-end symbols
1 (T) 2 (0) 3 (R) 4(E) 5(H) 6(S) 7(A) 8(1) 9(N) 0(=)  1 (T) 2 (0) 3 (R) 4(E) 5(H) 6(S) 7(A) 8(1) 9(N) 0(=)
左手键盘单键单击输出转换为大写字母或上档符号 1(R) 2(0) 3 (T) 4(S) 5(H) 6(E) 7 (N) 8(1) 9(A) 0(=) 左手和右手键盘的桩键双键组合输出转换为大写字母或上档符号 Left-handed keyboard single-click output is converted to uppercase or upper-end symbols 1(R) 2(0) 3 (T) 4(S) 5(H) 6(E) 7 (N) 8(1) 9(A) 0(=) Pile-key double-key combination for left and right hand keyboards Output is converted to uppercase or uppercase symbols
21 (D) 24 (C) 27 (J) 23 (P) 26 (B) 29 (Q)  21 (D) 24 (C) 27 (J) 23 (P) 26 (B) 29 (Q)
51 (M) 54 (U) 57 (Y) 53 (W) 56 (F) 59 (K)  51 (M) 54 (U) 57 (Y) 53 (W) 56 (F) 59 (K)
81 (~) 84 (X) 87 (G) 83 (Z) 86 (V) 89 (L)  81 (~) 84 (X) 87 (G) 83 (Z) 86 (V) 89 (L)
Fn状态下, 左手和右手键盘的单键单击分为两种版本 In the Fn state, the one-click of the left and right hand keyboards is divided into two versions.
电话版本  Phone version
1 (1) 2(2) 3(3) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(7) 8(8) 9(9) 0(0) *(*) #(#) 或 计算机小键盘版本  1 (1) 2(2) 3(3) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(7) 8(8) 9(9) 0(0) *(*) #(#) or computer Keypad version
1 (7) 2(8) 3(9) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(1) 8(2) 9(3) 0(0) *(*) #(#) 统一按电话版本定义按键名称, 包括计算机小键盘版本;  1 (7) 2(8) 3(9) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(1) 8(2) 9(3) 0(0) *(*) #(#) Uniform press The phone version defines the button name, including the computer keypad version;
左手和右手键盘的桩键双键组合的字符为  The characters of the pile key double key combination of the left and right hand keyboards are
21 (F1) 24 (F2) 27 (F3) 23 (F4) 26 (F5) 29 (F6)  21 (F1) 24 (F2) 27 (F3) 23 (F4) 26 (F5) 29 (F6)
51 (Home) 54 (―) 57 (End) 53 († ) 56 (→) 59 ( n  51 (Home) 54 (―) 57 (End) 53 (†) 56 (→) 59 ( n
81 (F7) 84 (F8) 87 (F9) 83 (F10) 86 (Fll) 89 (F12)  81 (F7) 84 (F8) 87 (F9) 83 (F10) 86 (Fll) 89 (F12)
5* (调大声音) 8* (静音) 0* (调小声音)  5* (tune up the sound) 8* (mute) 0* (tune the sound)
5# (选上一节目) 8# (选下一节目) 0# (播放 /暂停)  5# (select a program) 8# (select the next program) 0# (play/pause)
左手和右手键盘的非桩键双键组合的功能  The function of the non-pile key combination of the left and right hand keyboards
#4 (Fn Lock) #7 (Sym Lock) #* (Alt Lock)  #4 (Fn Lock) #7 (Sym Lock) #* (Alt Lock)
Fn状态下, 以下左手和右手键盘的非桩键双键组合分为带小键盘和无小键盘两种版本 带小键盘版本 In the Fn state, the following non-pile key combinations of the left and right hand keyboards are divided into two versions with a keypad and no keypad.
13 (+) 16 (*) 19 (windows键)  13 (+) 16 (*) 19 (windows key)
43 (/) 46 (-) 49 (.)  43 (/) 46 (-) 49 (.)
73 (Prt.Scr) 76 (Scroll Lock) 79 (Pause)  73 (Prt.Scr) 76 (Scroll Lock) 79 (Pause)
或 无小键盘版本  Or no keypad version
13 16 19 43 46 49 73 76 79 (待定功能选择键)  13 16 19 43 46 49 73 76 79 (Pending function selection button)
无小键盘版本的功能选择键,可以由设备的生产厂家设定或由客户自定义,可把具有 对应功能或菜单图标的标贴粘在按键右侧的机身上, 以便识别这些键位进行操控; Sym状态下, 左手和右手键盘的单键单击为  The function selection button without the keypad version can be set by the manufacturer of the device or customized by the customer. The label with the corresponding function or menu icon can be attached to the body on the right side of the button to identify these keys. Control; in the Sym state, the one-click of the left and right hand keyboards is
1(*) 2(@) 3 (#) 4(Λ) 5( ) 6($) 7( &) 8 (!) 9(-) 0 (° ) 1(*) 2(@) 3 (#) 4( Λ ) 5( ) 6($) 7( &) 8 (!) 9(-) 0 (° )
用于左右手混用键盘, 按键 *和#都为空格键 (space)时, Sym+0 (.)顶替原有 Sym+0 Used for mixing the keyboard with the left and right hands. When the buttons * and # are both space spaces, Sym+0 (.) replaces the original Sym+0.
( ); ( );
左手和右手键盘的桩键双键组合的字符为  The characters of the pile key double key combination of the left and right hand keyboards are
21 (') 24 (:) 27 (I) 23 (,,) 26 (;) 29 (?)  21 (') 24 (:) 27 (I) 23 (,,) 26 (;) 29 (?)
5) (() 5] ([) 5} ({) 5} ()) ) 6 (]) ) 9 (})  5) (() 5] ([) 5} ({) 5} ()) ) 6 (]) ) 9 (})
81 (\) 84 (<) 87 ( + ) 83 (/) 86 (>) 89 (_)  81 (\) 84 (<) 87 ( + ) 83 (/) 86 (>) 89 (_)
左手和右手键盘的非桩键双键组合的字符为  The characters of the non-pile key combination of the left and right hand keyboards are
13 (〇) 16 (△) 19 (…) 43 († ) 46 (→) 49 ( I ) 13 (〇) 16 (△) 19 (...) 43 (†) 46 (→) 49 ( I )
73 (□) 76 (◊) 79 (―)  73 (□) 76 (◊) 79 (―)
按下 Alt时, Alt+字母、 Alt+功能的相应功能输出,  When Alt is pressed, the corresponding function output of Alt+Letter, Alt+ function,
其中, Alt和 *双键组合 (语言 /输入法切换键)  Among them, Alt and * double key combination (language / input method switch button)
Alt锁定状态下, Alt+Fn的功能的相应功能输出;  In the Alt lock state, the corresponding function output of the Alt+Fn function;
Crtl状态下, Crtl+字母、 Crtl+功能、 Crtl+Fn的功能、 Crtl+Alt+字母、 Crtl+Alt+功能、 Crtl+Shift+ 字母、 Crtl+Shift+功能的相应功能输出; In the Crtl state, the corresponding function outputs of the functions of Crtl+letter, Crtl+ function, Crtl+Fn, Crtl+Alt+letter, Crtl+Alt+ function, Crtl+Shift+letter, Crtl+Shift+ function;
Fn锁定状态下, Shift+Fn的功能的相应功能输出;  In the Fn lock state, the corresponding function output of the Shift+Fn function;
以下未被启用双键并击组合键为  The following is not enabled for the double button and the combination key is
04 06 07 09 1# 2# 2* 3*  04 06 07 09 1# 2# 2* 3*
以下未被启用三键并击组合键为  The following three keys are not enabled and the combination key is
123 126 129 12* 153 156 159 15*  123 126 129 12* 153 156 159 15*
183 186 189 18* 103 106 109 10*  183 186 189 18* 103 106 109 10*
423 426 429 42* 453 456 459 45*  423 426 429 42* 453 456 459 45*
483 486 489 48* 403 406 409 40*  483 486 489 48* 403 406 409 40*
723 726 729 72* 753 756 759 75*  723 726 729 72* 753 756 759 75*
783 786 789 78* 703 706 709 70*  783 786 789 78* 703 706 709 70*
#23 #26 #29 #2* #53 #56 #59 #5*  #23 #26 #29 #2* #53 #56 #59 #5*
#83 #86 #89 #8* #03 #06 #09 #0*  #83 #86 #89 #8* #03 #06 #09 #0*
在 12宫数字键盘中, 共有 122个键或键组合, 已启用了 12个单键单击, 38个双键并击 组合, 合计 50个键和键组合; 尚未启用 8个双键并击组合, 64个三键并击组合, 合计 72 个键组合。 In the 12-digit numeric keypad, there are 122 keys or key combinations, 12 single-clicks have been enabled, 38 double-key combinations have been combined, and 50 keys and key combinations have been combined; 8 double-key combinations have not been enabled. , 64 three-button combination, totaling 72 key combinations.
8、 如权利要求 1所述的输入信息的方法, 其特征在于: 8. The method of inputting information according to claim 1, wherein:
所述键盘是密码输入器键盘, 12键式 3X4电话数字键盘下部按键 * 、 0和#的下 方具有三个辅助功能键, 从左至右排列为 Sym、 Shift和 Digital, 处在按键#和 0的下 方, 各键和键的组合 (和弦) 键位对应的字符或功能分别如下, 数字 0123456789 #* 为键或键组合, 括弧 "()" 内对应相应输出的字符或功能:  The keyboard is a password input keyboard, and the lower keys of the 12-key 3X4 telephone numeric keypad have three auxiliary function keys below the *, 0, and #, arranged from left to right as Sym, Shift, and Digital, at buttons # and 0. Below, the combination of each key and key (chord) key corresponds to the following characters or functions, the number 0123456789 #* is the key or key combination, brackets "()" corresponding to the corresponding output characters or functions:
无功能键被按压或锁定的常态下, 单键击键为  In the normal state where no function key is pressed or locked, the single keystroke key is
1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,) *(.)  1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4(e) 5(h) 6(s) 7(a) 8(i) 9(n) 0(,) *(.)
桩键双键并击的组合字母、 符号为  The combined letter and symbol of the double key of the pile key is
21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j ) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)  21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j ) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)
51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)  51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)
81 (、) 84 (x) 87 (g) 83 (z) 86 (v) 89 (1)  81 (,) 84 (x) 87 (g) 83 (z) 86 (v) 89 (1)
Shift状态下, 单键击键为输出转换为大写字母或上档符号  In the Shift state, the single-click key converts the output to uppercase or upper-end symbols.
1 (T) 2 (0) 3 (R) 4(E) 5(H) 6(S) 7(A) 8(1) 9(N) 0(=)  1 (T) 2 (0) 3 (R) 4(E) 5(H) 6(S) 7(A) 8(1) 9(N) 0(=)
桩键双键组合输出转换为大写字母或上档符号  Pile key double key combination output is converted to uppercase or upper gear
21 (D) 24 (C) 27 (J) 23 (P) 26 (B) 29 (Q) 51 (M) 54 (U) 57 (Y) 53 (W) 56 (F) 59 (K) 21 (D) 24 (C) 27 (J) 23 (P) 26 (B) 29 (Q) 51 (M) 54 (U) 57 (Y) 53 (W) 56 (F) 59 (K)
81 (~) 84 (X) 87 (G) 83 (Z) 86 (V) 89 (L)  81 (~) 84 (X) 87 (G) 83 (Z) 86 (V) 89 (L)
Fn状态下, 单键为  In the Fn state, the single key is
1 ( 1 ) 2 (2) 3 (3) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(7) 8(8) 9(9)  1 ( 1 ) 2 (2) 3 (3) 4(4) 5(5) 6(6) 7(7) 8(8) 9(9)
Sym状态下, 单键和桩键双键组合的字符为  In the Sym state, the character of the single key and the pile key double key combination is
1(*)2 (@) 3 (#) 4(Λ) 5( ) 6($) 7( &) 8 ( ! ) 9(-) 1(*)2 (@) 3 (#) 4( Λ ) 5( ) 6($) 7( &) 8 ( ! ) 9(-)
21 ( ' ) 24 (:) 27 ( I ) 23 (,,) 26 (;) 29 (?)  21 ( ' ) 24 (:) 27 ( I ) 23 (,,) 26 (;) 29 (?)
51 ( () 54 ( [) 57 ( { ) 53 ( )) 56 (] ) 59 ( } )  51 ( () 54 ( [) 57 ( { ) 53 ( )) 56 (] ) 59 ( } )
81 (\) 84 (<) 87 ( + ) 83 (/) 86 (>) 89 (― )。 、 一种单手操控的、 移动型 "和弦小键盘", 其特征在于:  81 (\) 84 (<) 87 ( + ) 83 (/) 86 (>) 89 (― ). A one-handed, mobile "chord keypad" featuring:
包括右手或左手操控的单手键盘, 所述右 (左) 手单手键盘, 在 12键式 3 x 4电 话数字键盘按键 0底边的下方具有一个包括 Shift、 Fn、 Sym的辅助功能键区; 设置按 键 * (#) 具有 Space (空格键) 功能, 所述按键 * (#)呈 "倒 L"型或矩形, 其顶边与 按键 0的顶边平齐, 其底边与所述辅助功能键区的底边平齐, 其低于按键 0底边的下 延部分从左 (右) 侧包裹所述辅助功能键区。 、 如权利要求 9所述单手操控的移动型 "和弦小键盘", 其特征在于:  The one-handed keyboard includes a right-handed or left-handed control, and the right (left) one-handed keyboard has an auxiliary function keypad including Shift, Fn, Sym under the bottom edge of the 12-key 3 x 4 telephone numeric keypad button 0. ; Set button * (#) has Space function, the button * (#) is "inverted L" type or rectangular, its top edge is flush with the top edge of button 0, its bottom edge and the auxiliary The bottom edge of the function keypad is flush, and the lower extension of the bottom edge of the button 0 wraps the auxiliary function keypad from the left (right) side. The one-handed mobile "chord keypad" according to claim 9, wherein:
( 1 )所述右 (左)手键盘辅助键区最左 (右)端的辅助键的左 (右)边缘线 501处在 按键 1、 4、 7 (3、 6、 9) 的下方, 即 501处在按键 1、 4、 7 (3、 6、 9) 的左右 边缘线 301与 302 (303与 304)之、间; 最右(左)端辅助键按键的横向中点 502 或右 (左) 边缘线 503处在按键 0右 (左) 边缘线 303 (302) 的左 (右) 侧; 所述按键 * (#) 的左 (右) 边缘线 305处在按键 1、 4、 7 (3、 6、 9) 的左 (右) 边缘线 301 (304) 的左 (右) 侧, 即所述按键 * (#) 可向外超出左 (右) 边列 按键;  (1) The left (right) edge line 501 of the leftmost (right) end of the right (left) hand keypad auxiliary keypad is below the keys 1, 4, 7 (3, 6, 9), ie 501 Between the left and right edge lines 301 and 302 (303 and 304) of the buttons 1, 4, 7 (3, 6, 9); the lateral midpoint 502 or right (left) of the right (left) auxiliary button The edge line 503 is on the left (right) side of the right (left) edge line 303 (302) of the button 0; the left (right) edge line 305 of the button * (#) is at the buttons 1, 4, 7 (3, 6, 9) left (right) edge line 301 (304) on the left (right) side, that is, the button * (#) can go outward beyond the left (right) side column button;
(2) 当所述按键 * (#) 的左 (右) 边缘线 305与按键 1、 4、 7 (3、 6、 9) 的左 (右) 边缘线 301 (304) 接近重合时, 所述右 (左) 手键盘辅助键区左 (右) 边缘线 501处在按键 7 (9)右 (左) 部不超过按键 7 (9) 宽度四分之一的右 (左) 侧; (2) When the left (right) edge line 305 of the button * (#) and the left (right) edge line 301 (304) of the button 1, 4, 7 (3, 6, 9) are nearly coincident, Right (left) hand keyboard auxiliary keypad left (right) edge line 501 at button 7 (9) right (left) does not exceed button 7 (9) width of one quarter of the right (left) side;
(3) 所述右 (左) 手单手键盘的所述辅助功能键区, 最左 (右) 侧的位置为 Shift, 按键 Fn处在靠近所述键盘中心的位置, 其上侧或左 (右) 侧为 Sym; (3) The auxiliary function keypad of the right (left) hand one-handed keyboard, the leftmost (right) side position is Shift, and the button Fn is located near the center of the keyboard, the upper side or the left side ( Right) side is Sym;
(4) 所述单手右 (左) 手键盘的所述辅助功能键区, 在 Shift、 Fn、 Sym的基础上, 还具有辅助功能键 Ctrl和或 Alt,所述辅助功能按键分为上下两排,上排左(右) 向右(左)排列着 Sym、 Ctrl、 Alt, 下排左(右) 向右(左)排列着 Shift和 Fn, 其中, Shift处在 Sym的正下方, Fn处在 Ctrl正下方, 形如指向右(左)上方向 的猫爪状;  (4) The auxiliary function keypad of the one-handed right (left) hand keyboard has an auxiliary function key Ctrl and or Alt on the basis of Shift, Fn, Sym, and the auxiliary function keys are divided into upper and lower two. Row, upper row left (right) Right, left, left, right, left, right, left, left, right, left, right, left, right, left, right, left, right, left, right, right, left, right, left, right, left, right, left, right, left, right, left, right, left, right, left, right, left, right, left, right Just below the Ctrl, it looks like a cat claw pointing in the right (left) direction;
(4)所述左右手混用键盘, 即左手和右手都可单手操控的所述键盘, 从形态上看, 此 混用键盘呈中心对称或中心线轴对称, 形同 "冏"字, 所述按键 *按键 #都呈 "倒 L"型或矩形并左右对称, 所述辅助功能键区被按键 *的左侧下延部分和按键#的 右侧下延部分从左右侧包裹, 并处在在 12键式 3X4电话数字键盘下部按键 0的 下方, 处在 "冏"字下部 "口"的位置, 部分辅助功能键为单手专用, 部分辅助 功能键为双手共用。 、 如权利要求 9所述单手操控的移动型 "和弦小键盘", 其特征在于: (4) The left and right hands mix the keyboard, that is, the keyboard that can be manipulated by one hand in both the left hand and the right hand. From the morphological point of view, the mixed keyboard has a central symmetry or a central axis axis symmetry, which is similar to the word "冏", and the button * The buttons # are all "inverted L" type or rectangular and symmetrical, the auxiliary function keypad is pressed by the left side of the button * and the button # The right side of the lower extension is wrapped from the left and right sides, and is located below the lower button 0 of the 12-key 3X4 telephone numeric keypad, at the position of the "mouth" at the lower part of the "冏" character, and some auxiliary function keys are dedicated for one hand, part The auxiliary function keys are shared by both hands. The one-handed mobile "chord keypad" according to claim 9, wherein:
在所述单手右 (左)手键盘的按键 # ( *) 的下方, 设置一个或两个由右 (左)手 的无名指操控的可任意赋值的按键, 该按键可赋值为辅助功能键 Ctrl-Hold 或 Alt-Hold,或者,赋值为 enter回车键和或 Backspace回档键,其中,辅助功能键 Alt-Hold 和 Ctrl-Hold可实现按下锁定, 再按下解除。 、 如权利要求 9所述单手操控的移动型 "和弦小键盘", 其特征在于:  Below the button # ( *) of the one-handed right (left) hand keyboard, one or two arbitrarily assignable keys controlled by the ring finger of the right (left) hand can be set, and the button can be assigned the auxiliary function key Ctrl -Hold or Alt-Hold, or, assign the enter key and or the Backspace back key, where the auxiliary function keys Alt-Hold and Ctrl-Hold can be pressed and then released. The one-handed mobile "chord keypad" according to claim 9, wherein:
所述右(左)手键盘的按键 5具有一个凸起的定位标记或具有与其他中列按 键不同的形状, 辅助功能键左 (右) Shilt具有一个凸起的定位标记, 用于所述键盘 盲打时手指触摸定位。 、 如权利要求 10所述单手操控的移动型 "和弦小键盘", 其特征在于:  The button 5 of the right (left) hand keyboard has a raised positioning mark or has a different shape from the other middle column keys, and the auxiliary function key left (right) Shilt has a raised positioning mark for the keyboard Finger touch positioning when blindly hitting. A one-handed mobile "chord keypad" as claimed in claim 10, characterized in that:
所述键盘相关尺寸为:  The keyboard related dimensions are:
( 1 ) 以按键的标记区的尺寸作为该按键的边界 (作为空格键的按键 *和或 #除外), 此 边界高度为 8~15mm, 中列按键边界宽度 302-303为 17~19.5mm, 边列按键边界 宽度 301-302或 303-304为 13~20mm;  (1) The size of the marked area of the button is used as the boundary of the button (except for the space key * and or #), the boundary height is 8~15mm, and the middle button boundary width 302-303 is 17~19.5mm. The side border button width 301-302 or 303-304 is 13~20mm;
(2)所述键盘中列按键 2580横向中点连线是一条直线 322, 称为所述键盘的中分线; (2) The column button 2580 in the horizontal line of the keyboard is a straight line 322, which is called the center line of the keyboard;
( 3 )左列 147按键键体横向中点连线是一条直线 312, 右列 369按键键体横向中点连 线是一条直线 332,中分线 322与直线 312之间的距离等于中分线 322与直线 332 之间的距离, 此距离介于 13~19.5mm; 所述中分线 322至左列按键标记区左侧 边 301的距离与至右列按键标记区右侧边 304的距离相等,介于 20~30mm之间, 即所述键盘的上三排按键的宽度 301-304介于 40~60mm; (3) The horizontal midpoint connection of the left column 147 button body is a straight line 312, and the right column 369 button body horizontal midpoint line is a straight line 332, and the distance between the center line 322 and the line 312 is equal to the center line. The distance between 322 and the line 332, the distance is between 13 and 19.5 mm; the distance from the center line 322 to the left side 301 of the left column button marking area is equal to the distance to the right side edge 304 of the right column button marking area. Between 20~30mm, that is, the width of the upper three rows of the keyboard is 301-304 between 40~60mm;
(4) 中列按键键体的宽度介于 5~19. 5mm, 高度介于 2~15mm; 左列按键与右列按键 的键体宽度相等, 介于 5~20mm, 高度介于 2~15mm; (4) The width of the middle button body is between 5~19. 5mm, the height is between 2~15mm; the left column button and the right column button have the same width, 5~20mm, height between 2~15mm ;
( 5 ) 所述右 (左) 手辅助按键区宽度为 18~40mm, 高度为 5~25mm, 每个辅助按键 高度 为 5~12.5mm;辅助按键区最右(左)侧按键右(左)侧边线 501与左(右) 边列按键 147 ( 369) 的左 (右) 边界线 301 ( 304) 的距离为 0~15mm; 辅助按 键区上侧边 451与按键 0上侧边 441的距离高度至少大于按键 0边界高度的 2/3; (5) The right (left) hand auxiliary button area is 18~40mm, the height is 5~25mm, the height of each auxiliary button is 5~12.5mm; the rightmost (left) side of the auxiliary button area is right (left) The distance between the side line 501 and the left (right) boundary line 301 (304) of the left (right) side column button 147 (369) is 0~15 mm; the distance between the upper side edge 451 of the auxiliary button area and the upper side edge 441 of the button 0 The height is at least 2/3 of the height of the border of the button 0;
( 6) 作为空格键的按键 * (#) 左 (右) 侧边 305与左 (右) 边列按键 147 ( 369) 的 左 (右) 边界线 301 ( 304) 的距离为 0~20mm, 即按键 * (#) 向外超出左 (右) 边列按键的距离为 0~20mm; (6) The button as the space bar * (#) Left (right) The distance between the side 305 and the left (right) side column button 147 ( 369) of the left (right) boundary line 301 ( 304) is 0 to 20 mm, that is, Press the button * (#) to extend beyond the left (right) edge of the button is 0~20mm;
(7 ) 当按键键体与其标记区的尺寸重合时, 相邻的 12数字键的键体相互紧贴, 按键 所有符号都标记在各自的键体之上,包括其按键的键顶或按键的键顶及键体的侧 边; ( 8) 当按键键体小于其标记区的尺寸时, 相邻的 12数字键的键体相互被机壳隔离, 部分符号标记在各自的键体之上, 其余符号标记各自键体周围的机壳之上。 、 如权利要求 10所述单手操控的移动型 "和弦小键盘", 其特征在于: (7) When the size of the key body coincides with the size of the marking area, the key bodies of the adjacent 12 number keys are closely attached to each other, and all the symbols of the key are marked on the respective key body, including the key top or the key of the key. The top of the key and the side of the key body; (8) When the key body is smaller than the size of its marked area, the key bodies of the adjacent 12-digit keys are separated from each other by the casing, and some symbols are marked on the respective key bodies, and the remaining symbols mark the machine around the respective key bodies. Above the shell. A one-handed mobile "chord keypad" as claimed in claim 10, characterized in that:
所述键盘中列按键 2580键面及边列按键 147*和 369#的内侧键面呈 "V"或 "U" 型下凹, 中列按键最低点到边列按键外侧最高点的连线与两边列按键外侧最高点连 线的夹角为 4-10 ° , 按键 2580 键面最低点比按键 147*和 369#键面最高点低 1.4-5mm。 、 如权利要求 10所述单手操控的移动型 "和弦小键盘", 其特征在于: 其特征在于: 所述键盘左列按键 147与右列按键 369平行或略低于同排的中列按键 258, 介于 0~7mm。 、 如权利要求 9所述单手操控的移动型 "和弦小键盘", 其特征在于:  The inner key surface of the column button 2580 key surface and the side column keys 147* and 369# in the keyboard is "V" or "U" type concave, and the lowest point of the middle column button is connected to the highest point outside the side column button and The angle between the highest point of the two sides of the button is 4-10 °, and the lowest point of the button 2580 is 1.4-5mm lower than the highest point of the button 147* and 369#. The one-handed mobile "chord keypad" according to claim 10, characterized in that: the keyboard left column button 147 is parallel to the right column button 369 or slightly lower than the middle row button in the same row. 258, between 0~7mm. The one-handed mobile "chord keypad" according to claim 9, wherein:
所述键盘是虚拟键盘。 、 一种如权利要求 9所述单手操控的移动型"和弦小键盘"的标注方法, 基于单底色双 色字体, 包括如下步骤:  The keyboard is a virtual keyboard. A method for marking a one-handed mobile "chord keypad" according to claim 9, which is based on a single-color two-color font, comprising the following steps:
( 1 ) 每个 12键数字按键分别具有各自的标记区;  (1) Each of the 12-key numeric keys has its own marking area;
(2) 每个 12键数字按键的所述标记区横向分为左区、 中区、 右区三个分区; (2) The marking area of each 12-key numeric button is divided into three partitions of the left area, the middle area and the right area;
( 3) 所述按键标记区采用单底色双色字体, 采用色三 (S3 ) 底色, 色一 (S1 ) 字体 用来标记无辅助按键按下或 SYM状态下的和弦键输出, 色二 (S2)字体用来标 记 Fn状态下的和弦键输出; (3) The button marking area adopts a single-color two-color font, using a color three (S3) background color, and the color one (S1) font is used to mark the chord key output without the auxiliary button pressing or SYM state, the color two ( The S2) font is used to mark the chord key output in the Fn state;
(4)所述中区用于表示该键单键单击时输出的字符, 中区分为上下两层, 其中一层以 色一 (S1 ) 字体标记单键单击对应的字母及 Sym状态下对应的符号, 该符号比 单键字母的字体略小并处在对应单键字母的右上侧, 另一层以色二(S2)字体标 记 Fn状态下单键单击对应的数字、 符号;  (4) The middle area is used to indicate the character that is output when the key is clicked by a single key, and is divided into two upper and lower layers, wherein one layer is marked with a single key in the color one (S1) font, and the corresponding letter and the Sym state are Corresponding symbol, the symbol is slightly smaller than the font of the single-key letter and is located on the upper right side of the corresponding single-key letter, and the other layer is marked with the number and symbol corresponding to the single-click in the Fn state by the color two (S2) font;
(5) 中列按键 2580 (桩键) 的左区和右区和靠近桩键的左列按键 147*右区及右列按 键 368#的左区都分别对应表示桩键双键组合输出, 远离中列按键 2580 (桩键) 的左列按键 147*左区和右列按键 368#的右区分别对应表示非桩键双键组合输 出;  (5) The left and right areas of the middle column button 2580 (pile key) and the left column button 147* near the pile key and the left area of the right column button 368# respectively correspond to the pile key double key combination output, away from The right column of the left column button 147* of the middle column button 2580 (pile key) and the right column of the right column button 368# respectively correspond to the non-pile key double key combination output;
(6)每个按键的所述左区和右区自上而下排列的 3组或 3个字符或功能,分别用来标 记具有该键的双键并击的组合输出, 同时, 所述字符在所在分区的上下位置对应 指明参与此字符的双键并击组合的另一个按键在其所在列的上下位置, 其中, 构 成 3X3九宫图的按键 123456789的左区或右区的 3个字符分别用来标明另一列 3 个按键上下位置,按键 *#的左区或右区的 3个字符的方位分别用来标明 456789*0# 的 3X3九宫图中另一列 3个按键上下位置;  (6) 3 groups or 3 characters or functions arranged from top to bottom in the left and right areas of each button, respectively for marking the combined output of the double button with the key, and the character In the upper and lower positions of the partition, the other button corresponding to the double-key combination that participates in the character is placed in the upper and lower positions of the column, wherein the three characters of the left or right area of the button 123456789 constituting the 3X3 nine-square map are respectively used. To indicate the top and bottom positions of the other three buttons, the three characters of the left or right area of the button *# are used to mark the upper and lower positions of the other three buttons in the 3X3 nine-square chart of 456789*0#;
(7) 中列按键 258 (桩键) 的左区和右区自上而下排列的 3个或 3组字符分别对应表 示该桩键与左列按键 147和右列按键 369桩键双键并击组合时输出的字母和符号, 用色一 (S1 ) 字体标记; 靠近桩键的左列按键 147的右区和右列按键 368的左区 分别具有 3个自上而下排列的功能对应标记 Fn状态下该键与桩键 258双键组合的 功能, 用色二 (S2) 字体标记; (7) The three or three groups of characters in the left and right areas of the middle column button 258 (pile key) are arranged from top to bottom. The letters and symbols output when the pile key is combined with the left column button 147 and the right column button 369, the pile button and the double button are combined with the color one (S1) font; the right and right buttons of the left column button 147 near the pile button The left area of the column button 368 has three functions of the top-down function corresponding to the double-key combination of the key and the pile key 258 in the state of the flag Fn, and is marked with the color two (S2) font;
( 8) 左列按键 147靠近外侧的左区自上而下排列的 3个色一 (S1 ) 字体功能符按方位 标记该键与右列按键 369非桩键双键并击组合对应功能, 右列按键 369靠近外侧 的右区自上而下排列的 3个色二 (S2) 字体功能符按方位标记 Fn状态下该键与 左列按键 147非桩键双键并击组合对应功能;  (8) The left column button 147 is adjacent to the outer left area. The three color one (S1) font functions are arranged from top to bottom. The key is labeled by the direction and the right column button 369 is not the pile key. The combination function is right. The column button 369 is adjacent to the outer right area. The three color two (S2) font functions arranged from top to bottom are labeled according to the orientation Fn state, and the left column button 147 is not a pile key double button combination combination function;
(9)按键 *与按键 69#的非桩键双键并击组合分别按方位用色一(S1 )字体标记在该键 左区, Fn状态下按键 #与 47*的双键并击组合分别按方位用色二 (S2) 字体标记 在该键右区, Fn状态下按键 *或#与按键 580双键并击组合分别按方位用色二(S2) 字体标记在该键左区或右区, 0键单键 Shift状态下的上档符号 "=" 和 Sym状 态下的符号 " ° "用色一(S1 )字体分别标记在该键单键符号 ", "左上方和右上 方;  (9) The key of the button* and the button 69# are combined with the non-pile key of the button 69#, respectively, according to the azimuth color (S1) font mark in the left area of the key, in the Fn state, the key combination of the button # and 47* is respectively According to the orientation, the color 2 (S2) font is marked in the right area of the key, and the Fn state button * or # and the button 580 double-key combination are respectively marked by the orientation color 2 (S2) font in the left or right area of the key. , 0 key single-key Shift state of the upper symbol "=" and Sym state symbol " °" with the color one (S1) font marked in the key single-key symbol "," upper left and upper right;
( 10) Fn是辅助功能键中唯一采用色二 S2标记的按键, 其他辅助功能键 Shift、 Sym, Ctrl、 Alt均为采用色一 (SI ) 标记;  (10) Fn is the only button in the auxiliary function key that uses the color two S2 mark. Other auxiliary function keys Shift, Sym, Ctrl, Alt are all using the color one (SI) mark;
( 11 ) 双手混用键盘的左手单键字母标记, 按键 *和按键 #下部分别用色一 (S1 ) 字体从上 至下标记左手键盘时按键 147和 369对应的单键字母 RSN和 TEA, 按键 #下部印有 左手图形表明这些字母对应左手键盘;  ( 11 ) The left hand single-key letter mark of the hands mixed keyboard, the key * and the key # lower part respectively use the color one (S1) font to mark the left-hand keyboard from top to bottom, the single-key letters RSN and TEA corresponding to the keys 147 and 369, the button # The lower hand is printed with a left hand graphic indicating that the letters correspond to the left hand keyboard;
(12) 辅助键区的标记, 具有双层文字的按键上层文字标记右手功能, 下层文字标记左手 功能, 只有单字的辅助按键表示左右手公用或单手专用;  (12) Auxiliary keypad marking, double-layered text upper-layer text marking right-hand function, lower-level text marking left-hand function, only single-word auxiliary key indicating left-right hand or single-handed use;
(13) 色一 (S1 ) 与色二 (S2) 色彩深浅相近, 与标记区色三 (S3 ) 底色深浅相反。 、 一种如权利要求 9所述单手操控的移动型 "和弦小键盘" 的标注方法, 基于双底色 双色字体, 包括如下步骤:  (13) The color one (S1) is similar to the color two (S2) color depth, and is opposite to the depth of the marking area color three (S3). A method for marking a one-handed mobile "chord keypad" according to claim 9, which is based on a double-color two-color font, comprising the following steps:
( 1 ) 所述按键标记区采用双色底色与双色字体;  (1) The button marking area adopts a two-color background color and a two-color font;
(2) 以色五(S5 )字体色四 (S4)底色, 替代权利 5中所述色三(S3)底色色一(S1 ) 字体, 用来标记无辅助按键按下或 SYM状态下的和弦键输出;  (2) Color five (S5) font color four (S4) background color, instead of the color three (S3) background color one (S1) font described in right 5, used to mark no auxiliary button press or SYM state Chord key output;
(3) 以色四 (S4)字体色五(S5 )底色, 替代权利 5中所述色三(S3)底色色二(S2) 字体, 用来标记 Fn状态下的和弦键输出;  (3) The color four (S4) font color five (S5) background color, instead of the color three (S3) background color two (S2) font described in claim 5, used to mark the chord key output in the Fn state;
(4) Fn是辅助功能键中唯一采用色四 (S4) 字体色五 (S5) 底色的按键, 其他辅助 功能键 Shift、 Sym, Ctrl、 Alt均为采用色五 (S5) 字体色四 (S4) 底色;  (4) Fn is the only button in the auxiliary function key that uses the color four (S4) font color five (S5) background color, and other auxiliary function keys Shift, Sym, Ctrl, Alt are color five (S5) font color four ( S4) background color;
(5)色四 (S4)与色五 (S5)色彩深浅相反, 即色四 (S4)为浅色, 色五(S5)为深色, 或者, 色四 (S4) 为深色, 色五 (S5) 为浅色。 、 一种基于权利要求 9所述单手操控的移动型 "和弦小键盘" 的汉语拼音输入方法, 该键盘的键位具有一键双音的功能, 包括如下步骤:  (5) The color four (S4) is opposite to the color five (S5) color, that is, the color four (S4) is light, the color five (S5) is dark, or the color four (S4) is dark, and the color five (S4) is dark, (S5) is light. A Chinese pinyin input method based on the one-handed mobile "chord keypad" according to claim 9, wherein the key of the keyboard has a one-key two-tone function, including the following steps:
( 1 )拼音输入状态下,每个单键和桩键双键并击组合的键位分别对应一个声母和一个 复合韵母或一个单字韵母和一个复合韵母, 以有无同时按下辅助功能键 Shift 或 "复韵 "加以区别, 数字 0123456789 #*为键或键组合, 括弧 "()"内对应相应输 出的声母, 韵母: (1) In the pinyin input state, each single button and the pile key double-key combination combination key corresponds to an initial and one Compound vowel or a single vowel and a composite vowel, with or without the auxiliary function key Shift or "Fu Yun", the number 0123456789 #* is the key or key combination, brackets "()" corresponding to the corresponding output of the initials , vowel:
单键单击为  One click is
1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4 (e) 5(h) 6(s)  1 (t) 2 (o) 3 (r) 4 (e) 5(h) 6(s)
7 (a) 8(i) 9 (n) * (space) 0 (,) # (·.)  7 (a) 8(i) 9 (n) * (space) 0 (,) # (·.)
桩键双键并击为  Pile key double click
21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j ) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)  21 (d) 24 (c) 27 (j ) 23 (p) 26 (b) 29 (q)
51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)  51 (m) 54 (u) 57 (y) 53 (w) 56 (f) 59 (k)
81 (ch) 84 (x) 8877 (( gg)) 8833 ((zz)) 86 (u) 89 (1)  81 (ch) 84 (x) 8877 (( gg)) 8833 ((zz)) 86 (u) 89 (1)
其中, 组合键 81对应声母 ch , 组合键 86 v对应韵母 U;  Wherein, the combination key 81 corresponds to the initial mother ch, and the combination key 86 v corresponds to the final vowel U;
Shift+键或键组合,括弧 "()" 内对应相应输出的第二复式韵母  Shift+ key or key combination, brackets "()" The second compound vowel corresponding to the corresponding output
Shift+单键单击为  Shift+one click for
Shift+1 (ui) Shift+2 (iu) Shift+3 (un)  Shift+1 (ui) Shift+2 (iu) Shift+3 (un)
Shift+4 (ei) Shift+5(ie) Shift+6(en)  Shift+4 (ei) Shift+5(ie) Shift+6(en)
Shift+7 (ai) Shift+8(ia) Shift+9 (an)  Shift+7 (ai) Shift+8(ia) Shift+9 (an)
Shift+0 (zh) Shift+#(sh)  Shift+0 (zh) Shift+#(sh)
Shift+桩键双键并击为  Shift+pile double key and click
Shift+21 (uo) Shift+24 (ue) Shift+27 (ua)  Shift+21 (uo) Shift+24 (ue) Shift+27 (ua)
Shift+23 (uai ) Shift+26 (uan) Shift+29 (uang)  Shift+23 (uai ) Shift+26 (uan) Shift+29 (uang)
Shift+51 ( ong) Shift+54 ( ou) Shift+57 (eng)  Shift+51 ( ong) Shift+54 ( ou) Shift+57 (eng)
Shift+53 (iong) Shift+56 (in) Shift+59 (ing)  Shift+53 (iong) Shift+56 (in) Shift+59 (ing)
Shift+81 ( ao) Shift+84 (er) Shift+87 ( ang)  Shift+81 ( ao) Shift+84 (er) Shift+87 ( ang)
Shift+83 (iao) Shift+86 (ian) Shift+89 (iang)  Shift+83 (iao) Shift+86 (ian) Shift+89 (iang)
(2)连续输入声母或首音韵母组合, 相应的词组以 "数字(词组)"方式出现在状态栏中, 按照状态栏的提示按下数字键, 相应的词组上屏;  (2) Continuously input the initial or initial vowel combination, the corresponding phrase appears in the status bar in the form of "number (phrase)", press the number key according to the prompt of the status bar, and the corresponding phrase is displayed on the screen;
( 3 ) 输入声母 +韵母组合, 相应的单字或词组以 "数字 (单字或词组)"方式出现在状态 栏中, 按照状态栏的提示按下数字键, 相应的单字或词组上屏;  (3) Enter the initial + final combination, the corresponding word or phrase appears in the status bar in the form of "number (single word or phrase)", press the number key according to the prompt of the status bar, and the corresponding word or phrase is displayed on the screen;
(4) 输入拼音后, 按 * (空格 space) 键, 数字为 1的单字或词组直接上屏;  (4) After inputting pinyin, press * (space space), the word or phrase with the number 1 is directly on the screen;
( 5 ) 输入字母后, 直接按下 79组合的回车键位, 字母以英文方式直接上屏;  (5) After entering the letters, press the Enter key of the combination 79 directly, and the letters will be directly displayed on the screen in English;
( 6) 以辅助功能按键 "复韵"替代 Shift, 辅助功能按键 "复韵 "处在按键 0下方的辅助 功能键区。 一种基于权利要求 9所述单手操控的移动型 "和弦小键盘" 的五笔输入方法, 采用 5区 5键位的汉字五笔输入法, 各键位由常态下的单键和桩键双击组合构成, 共计 26个键位; 包括如下步骤:  (6) Replace Shift with the auxiliary function button "Fuyun", the auxiliary function button "Fuyun" is located in the auxiliary function keypad below button 0. A five-stroke input method based on the one-handed mobile "chord keypad" according to claim 9, using a 5-zone 5-key Chinese character five-stroke input method, each key is double-clicked by a single key and a pile key in a normal state. Composition, a total of 26 key positions; including the following steps:
( 1 ) 各单键和桩键双击组合 (和弦) 的键位对应的笔画、 字根、 偏旁分别如下, 对 应英文字母, 数字 0123456789为键或键组合, 括弧 "()" 内为对应的区位码, 键名汉字, 字根 /偏旁; 识别码 1-左右型、 2-上下型、 3-杂合型 4-单体型: (1) The strokes, radicals, and radicals corresponding to the key combinations of the single-key and the pile key double-click combination (chord) are as follows, corresponding to the English alphabet, the number 0123456789 is the key or key combination, and the brackets "()" are the corresponding positions. code, Key name Chinese characters, root/adjacent; identification code 1 - left and right type, 2 up and down type, 3-hybrid type 4 type:
—区横起笔 — District horizontal pen
T 1 (11,王, ϊ£夫— 牛 )  T 1 (11, Wang, ϊ£夫-牛)
02 (12, 土, 土 寸未甘雨二寸申)  02 (12, soil, soil, not rainy, two inches)
C 24 (13, 大, 大犬戊其古石厂三^少 ΐ〉  C 24 (13, big, big dog Wuqi ancient stone factory three ^ less ΐ>
Μ 15 (14, 木, 木丁西 D  Μ 15 (14, Wood, Muding West D
D 12 (15, 工, 工戈七匚 弋 =^"^¾lt±)  D 12 (15, 工,工戈七匚 弋 =^"^3⁄4lt±)
二区竖起笔  Two district erect pens
H5 (21, 目, 目±±卜! "Ac少产 I且)  H5 (21, 目,目±±卜! "Ac less production I and)
I 8 (22, 日, 日早曰虫 PJijlLMU)  I 8 (22, day, early morning locust PJijlLMU)
G 78 (23, 口, 口川 /IL III )  G 78 (23, Mouth, Mouth / IL III)
L 18 (24, 田, 田四甲 iiiunL™1™ «="1111) L 18 (24, Tian, Tian Sijia iiiunLTM 1 TM «="1111)
18 (25,山, 山由贝几门  18 (25, mountain, mountain by Baye Gate
三区撇起笔  Three districts
E4 (31,禾, ^ ^j )  E4 (31, Wo, ^ ^j )
A 7 (32, 白, 白^丘手 乂厂  A 7 (32, white, white ^ Qiu hand 乂 factory
Y 57 (33,月, 月用力毛曰衣豸 曰  Y 57 (33, month, month, hard coat, 豸 曰
X 48 (34,人, 人八几 rU ^)  X 48 (34, person, person eight or more rU ^)
U 45 (35,金, 金夕儿 仓 ¾Π夕夕 刀^几)  U 45 (35, gold, gold eve child warehouse 3⁄4Π 夕 夕 knife ^ several)
四区接起笔  Four districts pick up the pen
S6 (41,言, t ¾¾r^^ O  S6 (41, words, t 3⁄43⁄4r^^ O
N 9 (42,立,立羊辛六门卄 Γ^Ι 舟 )  N 9 (42, Li, Li Yangxin Liumen 卄 Ι ^Ι boat)
V 68 (43,水, 水小 " 》〈 ffi  V 68 (43, water, water small) 》 ffi
K 59 (44,火, : 米, "、产  K 59 (44, fire, : meters, ", production
F 56 (45,之, Ζ^^^  F 56 (45,,, Ζ^^^
五区折起笔  Five-zone folding pen
R 3 (51,已, 已巳乙己尸' 十 尸目  R 3 (51, already, already 巳乙己尸' ten corpse
Ζ 38 (52,子, 子了耳乃皮也卩 |5 Li )  Ζ 38 (52, son, son, ear, skin, 卩 |5 Li )
W 35 (53,女, 女刀九艮艮  W 35 (53, female, female knife nine
B 26 (54,又, 又巴1 ¾4厶 7) B 26 (54, again, and Bar 1 3⁄44厶7)
P 23 (55,乡, 乡乡母匕弓 iL t "七) 机动  P 23 (55, township, rural mother-in-law bow iL t "seven) maneuver
J 27 (机动);  J 27 (mobile);
(2) 键名汉字的输入码为对应键或键组合连击四次;  (2) The input code of the key name Chinese character is the corresponding key or key combination combo four times;
(3) 键名之外成字的字根其输入码为: 键位码 +首笔笔划码 +第二笔笔划码  (3) The root of the word outside the key name is the input code: key code + first stroke code + second stroke code
+末笔笔划码;  + end pen stroke code;
(4)汉字输入的取码方式,依笔顺取该字的第一字根码 +第二字根码 +第三字根码 十最末一个字根码; 不满四个字根的汉字,依笔顺取该字的第一字根码 +第二 字根码 +第三字根码,然后再补识别码,或第一字根码 +第二字根码 +末笔识 别码十空格键; (4) The code-taking method of Chinese character input, according to the pen, the first root code of the word + the second root code + the third root code of the third root code; the Chinese characters of less than four roots The stroke follows the first root code of the word + the second Root code + third word root code, and then complement the identification code, or first word root code + second root code + last pen identification code ten space key;
( 5 )词组的取码方式, 双字词组, 第一个字的前二个字根码 +第二个字的前二个字 根码,三字词组:第一个字的第一个字根码 +第二个字的第一个字根码 +第三 个字的前二个字根码,四字词组:依次取每一个字的第一个字根码,多字词组: 前三个字的第一个字根 +最后一个字的第一个字根;  (5) The way of taking the phrase, the double word phrase, the first two root codes of the first word + the first two root codes of the second word, the three-word phrase: the first of the first word Root code + the first root code of the second word + the first two root code of the third word, the four-word phrase: take the first root code of each word in turn, multi-word Group: the first root of the first three words + the first root of the last word;
( 6) 双键组合 27用来代替不明确的输入字根;  (6) Double key combination 27 is used to replace the ambiguous input root;
(7 ) 输入键码后, 按 * (空格 space) 键, 数字为 1的单字或词组直接上屏。 、 一种使用如权利要求 9所述单手操控的移动型 "和弦小键盘" 的移动电话, 即手机, 开机后, 直接按数字键可拨打电话, 其特征在于:  (7) After entering the key code, press the * (space space) key, and the word or phrase with the number 1 is directly on the screen. A mobile phone using a one-handed mobile "chord keypad" as claimed in claim 9, that is, a mobile phone, after being turned on, directly pressing a number key to make a call, which is characterized by:
( 1 ) 进入某菜单需要输入字母时, 连续按数字键依次出现如下字符,其中  (1) When entering a menu and need to input letters, press the number keys continuously to display the following characters.
1234567890#*为所按数字键, () 内为出现依次字符或功能:  1234567890#* is the number key that is pressed, and the character or function appears in ():
1 (d-c-j-1 ) 2(t-o-r-2) 3(p-b-q-3)  1 (d-c-j-1 ) 2(t-o-r-2) 3(p-b-q-3)
4(m-u-y-4) 5(e-h-s-5) 6(w-f-k-6)  4(m-u-y-4) 5(e-h-s-5) 6(w-f-k-6)
7(x-g-7) 8(a-i-n-8) 9(z-v-l-9)  7(x-g-7) 8(a-i-n-8) 9(z-v-l-9)
# (ABC-abc-123-和弦 -智能 ABC-智能 abc 依次循环  # (ABC-abc-123-chords - smart ABC-smart abc loop in turn
或 拼音一智能拼音 -ABC-abc-123-和弦 -智能 ABC-智能 abc依次循环); 另外, 按 0(space 空格)、 * (进入符号表);  Or Pinyin a smart pinyin -ABC-abc-123-chords - smart ABC-smart abc loop in turn); In addition, press 0 (space space), * (enter symbol table);
(2) 操作时, 所述键盘与显示屏平行, 处在显示屏的侧边或下方, 键面与显 示屏同朝向, 左 (右) 手单手持机并用拇指敲击所述键盘的按键; (2) During operation, the keyboard is parallel to the display screen, at the side or below the display screen, the key surface is oriented with the display screen, and the left (right) hand is held by the handset and the button of the keyboard is tapped with the thumb;
( 3 ) 进入某菜单时, 按 Alt+#键可直接进入和弦键状态。 、 一种使用如权利要求 9所述"和弦小键盘"之手持或固定设备, 所述手持或固定设备 的外壳至少是电连接如权利要求 9所述"和弦小键盘",并至少具有如下一种结构模式: (3) When entering a menu, press the Alt+# key to enter the chord key state directly. A hand-held or fixed device using the "chord keypad" of claim 9 wherein the housing of the hand-held or fixed device is at least electrically connected to the "chord keypad" of claim 9 and has at least one of the following Structure mode:
( 1 ) 所述外壳一是固定设备或固定物体的外壳;  (1) The outer casing is an outer casing of a fixed device or a fixed object;
(2) 所述手持设备的外壳一具有显示屏;  (2) The outer casing of the handheld device has a display screen;
( 3 ) 所述手持设备的外壳一具有触摸屏, 可实现虚拟电话数字键盘和或触摸点击、 或多点触控功能;  (3) The outer casing of the handheld device has a touch screen, and can realize a virtual telephone numeric keypad and or a touch click, or multi-touch function;
(4)所述手持设备的外壳一具有显示屏, 并可实现显示屏旋转切换显示功能, 即横 竖转屏切换显示功能;  (4) The housing of the handheld device has a display screen, and can realize a display switching function of the display screen, that is, a horizontal and vertical screen switching display function;
( 5 ) 所述手持设备的外壳一具有一个 X- Y轴移动控制装置及其左右键。 、 如权利要求 22所述手持或固定设备, 其特征在于:  (5) The outer casing of the handheld device has an X-axis movement control device and its left and right keys. The handheld or fixed device of claim 22, wherein:
所述键盘通过至少一个铰链与其他物体、 设备或手持设备的外壳一连接, 并且, The keyboard is connected to the outer casing of another object, device or handheld device by at least one hinge, and
( 1 ) 所述铰链可实现所述设备的开合和或调整所述键盘倾斜角度的功能; (1) the hinge can realize the function of opening and closing the device and adjusting the tilt angle of the keyboard;
(2) 所述铰链具有止动装置, 除闭合状态之外, 还可使所述铰链运行至特定角度或 长度时停止并保持该状态的情况至少出现一次; (3) 所述铰链中空, 并具有电气配线穿过并连接所述键盘和所述外壳一。 、 如权利要求 22所述手持或固定设备, 其特征在于: (2) the hinge has a stopper, and in addition to the closed state, the hinge may be stopped and maintained at a certain angle or length at least once; (3) The hinge is hollow and has electrical wiring passing through and connecting the keyboard and the outer casing 1. The handheld or fixed device of claim 22, wherein:
所述键盘通过翻转铰链 A连接具有外壳一的设备, 具有两种方式:  The keyboard connects the device having the outer casing 1 by flipping the hinge A in two ways:
( 1 ) 翻转铰链轴线处在其所连接的两个物体之间分离边缘线上, 称为顺轴型翻转铰 链 Al, 所述键盘左侧边或右侧边或底部可通过此顺轴型翻转铰链 A1与所述外 壳一连接;  (1) Flip the hinge axis at the edge of the separation between the two objects connected to it, called the off-axis flip hinge Al, and the left or right side or bottom of the keyboard can be flipped by this axis a hinge A1 is connected to the outer casing;
(2)翻转铰链轴线垂直于其所连接的两个物体之间分离边缘线, 采用单点连接方式, 称为点接型翻转铰链 A2, 所述键盘顶部边缘可通过此点接型翻转铰链 A2与所 述外壳一连接。 、 如权利要求 22所述手持或固定设备, 其特征在于:  (2) The flip hinge axis is perpendicular to the separated edge line between the two objects connected thereto, and adopts a single point connection manner, which is called a point-connected flip hinge A2, and the top edge of the keyboard can be flipped through the hinge type A2 Connected to the outer casing. The handheld or fixed device of claim 22, wherein:
具有一个平面旋转铰链 C处在所述键盘与外壳一之间。 、 如权利要求 22所述手持或固定设备, 其特征在于:  There is a planar rotary hinge C between the keyboard and the outer casing. The handheld or fixed device of claim 22, wherein:
具有两个铰链处在所述键盘与外壳一之间, 这两个铰链是轴线相互垂直的翻转铰 链,即其中一个是横轴型翻转铰链 Al,,另一个是纵轴型翻转铰链 A2,具有四种方式:  Having two hinges between the keyboard and the outer casing, the two hinges being inverted hinges whose axes are perpendicular to each other, that is, one of them is a horizontal axis type inverted hinge A1, and the other is a vertical axis type inverted hinge A2 having Four ways:
( 1 ) 所述键盘顶部先后通过顺轴型铰链 A1和点接型铰链 A2连接外壳一; (1) The top of the keyboard is connected to the outer casing 1 through a hinge type hinge A1 and a point joint type hinge A2;
(2) 所述键盘顶部先后通过点接型铰链 A2和顺轴型铰链 A1连接外壳一;(2) The top of the keyboard is connected to the outer casing by a point-type hinge A2 and a hinge-type hinge A1;
(3) 所述键盘侧边先后通过顺轴型铰链 A1和点接型铰链 A2连接外壳一;(3) the side of the keyboard is connected to the outer casing 1 through a hinge type hinge A1 and a point joint type hinge A2;
(4) 所述键盘侧边先后通过点接型铰链 A2和顺轴型铰链 A1连接外壳一。 、 如权利要求 22所述手持或固定设备, 其特征在于: (4) The side of the keyboard is connected to the outer casing 1 through a point-type hinge A2 and a hinge-type hinge A1. The handheld or fixed device of claim 22, wherein:
具有两个铰链处在所述键盘与外壳一之间, 其中贴近所述键盘的铰链是翻转 铰链 A, 另一个是滑动铰链 B, 具有两种方式:  There are two hinges between the keyboard and the outer casing, wherein the hinge adjacent to the keyboard is a flip hinge A and the other is a sliding hinge B, in two ways:
( 1 ) 所述键盘侧边先后通过顺轴型铰链 A1和滑动铰链 B连接外壳一;  (1) the side of the keyboard is connected to the outer casing 1 through a hinge type hinge A1 and a sliding hinge B;
(2) 所述键盘顶部先后通过点接型铰链 A2和滑动铰链 B连接外壳一。 、 如权利要求 22所述手持或固定设备, 其特征在于:  (2) The top of the keyboard is connected to the outer casing 1 through a point-type hinge A2 and a sliding hinge B. The handheld or fixed device of claim 22, wherein:
具有两个铰链处在所述键盘与外壳一之间,其中贴近所述键盘的铰链是翻转铰链 A, 另一个是平旋铰链 C, 具有两种方式:  There are two hinges between the keyboard and the outer casing, wherein the hinge close to the keyboard is a flip hinge A and the other is a flat hinge C, in two ways:
( 1 ) 所述键盘侧边先后通过顺轴型铰链 A1和平旋铰链 C连接外壳一;  (1) the side of the keyboard is connected to the outer casing 1 through a hinge type hinge A1 and a flat hinge C;
(2) 所述键盘顶部先后通过点接型铰链 A2和平旋铰链 C连接外壳一。 、 如权利要求 22所述手持或固定设备, 其特征在于:  (2) The top of the keyboard is connected to the outer casing 1 through a point-type hinge A2 and a flat hinge C. The handheld or fixed device of claim 22, wherein:
所述键盘顶部通过其转轴垂直于所述键盘中分线的顺轴型翻转铰链 A1与外壳一 连接, 所述键盘可与外壳一的侧立面重叠。 、 如权利要求 22至 29中任一权利要求所述手持或固定设备, 其特征在于: The top of the keyboard is connected to the outer casing by a pivotal flip hinge A1 whose axis of rotation is perpendicular to the line in the keyboard, and the keyboard can overlap with the side elevation of the outer casing. A hand held or fixed device according to any one of claims 22 to 29, characterized in that:
所述铰链的止动装置具有 15° 或 30° 或 90° 或 180° 的分档器, 使所述键盘每 转动所述角度就停止并稳定地保持该状态。 、 如权利要求 22至 29中任一权利要求所述手持或固定设备, 其特征在于:  The stopper of the hinge has a stepper of 15° or 30° or 90° or 180°, so that the keyboard stops and stably maintains the state every time the angle is rotated. A hand-held or fixed device according to any one of claims 22 to 29, characterized in that:
所述键盘处在外壳一的一个侧边之外,或者,通过所述铰链可使所述键盘处在外 壳一的一个侧边之外, 所述键盘与外壳一处在平行状态, 在远离所述键盘另一个侧 边的外壳一的上表面具有至少 2个按键或相应的虚拟按键, 配合所述键盘进行双手 握持的双拇指游戏操作, 所述键盘作为游戏键盘的定义如下, 其中数字 0123456789 #*为单键单击, 括弧 "()" 内对应相应功能: 横键  The keyboard is located outside a side of the outer casing 1, or the keyboard is placed outside a side of the outer casing 1 by the hinge, the keyboard and the outer casing are in a parallel state, away from the The upper surface of the outer casing 1 of the other side of the keyboard has at least two buttons or corresponding virtual buttons, and the double-thumb game operation of the two-handed grip is performed with the keyboard. The keyboard is defined as a game keyboard as follows, wherein the number is 0123456789 #* is a one-click, brackets "()" corresponding to the corresponding function: horizontal key
2 (▲) 4 ( ) 6 ( ► ) 8 (▼) 5( O )  2 (▲) 4 ( ) 6 ( ► ) 8 (▼) 5( O )
1 (A) 3 (B) 7 (C) 9 (D)  1 (A) 3 (B) 7 (C) 9 (D)
或者  Or
9 (▲) 5 ) 0 ( ► ) 1 (▼) 8( O )  9 (▲) 5 ) 0 ( ► ) 1 (▼) 8( O )
6 (A) # (B) 4 (C) * (D)  6 (A) # (B) 4 (C) * (D)
如有显示屏, 则操作时, 所述键盘键面与显示屏平行并且同朝向。 、 如权利要求 22至 31中任一权利要求所述手持或固定设备, 其特征在于:  If there is a display screen, the keyboard key surface is parallel and oriented in the same direction as the display screen. A hand held or fixed device according to any one of claims 22 to 31, characterized in that:
所述手持或固定设备与所述键盘作可拆卸式连接。  The handheld or fixed device is detachably coupled to the keyboard.
PCT/CN2011/079882 2010-09-21 2011-09-20 Single-hand-operated "chorded keypad" information input method and device WO2012037874A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201010288876.2 2010-09-21
CN2010102888762A CN102411428A (en) 2010-09-21 2010-09-21 Single-hand moved chord keypad, mark, structure and application thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012037874A1 true WO2012037874A1 (en) 2012-03-29

Family

ID=45873439

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2011/079882 WO2012037874A1 (en) 2010-09-21 2011-09-20 Single-hand-operated "chorded keypad" information input method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN102411428A (en)
WO (1) WO2012037874A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117111772A (en) * 2023-10-23 2023-11-24 浙江保融科技股份有限公司 High-speed positioning automatic key-press method and device

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103902223B (en) * 2012-12-28 2018-09-25 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 Virtual keyboard control system and method
US9229612B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2016-01-05 Industrial Technology Research Institute Electronic device, controlling method for screen, and program storage medium thereof
CN104823146B (en) * 2013-11-14 2018-02-27 罗蒙明 A kind of method for realizing both hands thumb manipulation widescreen dummy keyboard button
CN103677306A (en) * 2013-12-26 2014-03-26 昆明艾玛尼网络科技有限公司 Thai character coding input method
JP5660238B1 (en) * 2014-03-19 2015-01-28 カシオ計算機株式会社 Program calculator and program
WO2016029624A1 (en) * 2014-08-25 2016-03-03 莫晓东 Improved computer keyboard
US9612703B2 (en) * 2014-12-31 2017-04-04 Synaptics Incorporated Top mount clickpad module
CN104881134A (en) * 2015-05-18 2015-09-02 百度在线网络技术(北京)有限公司 Terminal keyboard
CN105353886A (en) * 2015-11-18 2016-02-24 深圳深蓝辅助技术有限公司 Sudoku input keyboard
JP6744142B2 (en) * 2016-06-13 2020-08-19 株式会社ホリ Controller for game console, controller system for game console
CN111324210A (en) * 2018-12-13 2020-06-23 米环科技(长春)有限公司 Keyboard applied to electronic equipment and keyboard input method
CN112684901A (en) * 2019-10-18 2021-04-20 王光达 Screen key position identification display method and single-hand chord mobile keyboard thereof
CN111583036A (en) * 2020-04-29 2020-08-25 北京中关村银行股份有限公司 Counter transaction information interaction method, device, equipment and medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN2876882Y (en) * 2004-11-17 2007-03-07 吴铁柱 Universal micro-keyboard
CN101430606A (en) * 2008-11-19 2009-05-13 陈功耕 Code input type character input method and equipment thereof
CN101770302A (en) * 2010-02-25 2010-07-07 吴谦平 Multifunctional mouse

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN2876882Y (en) * 2004-11-17 2007-03-07 吴铁柱 Universal micro-keyboard
CN101430606A (en) * 2008-11-19 2009-05-13 陈功耕 Code input type character input method and equipment thereof
CN101770302A (en) * 2010-02-25 2010-07-07 吴谦平 Multifunctional mouse

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117111772A (en) * 2023-10-23 2023-11-24 浙江保融科技股份有限公司 High-speed positioning automatic key-press method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102411428A (en) 2012-04-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2012037874A1 (en) Single-hand-operated &#34;chorded keypad&#34; information input method and device
US7656661B2 (en) Electronic apparatus with multiple data input modes
US6747635B2 (en) Multi-mode handheld computer
US8471689B2 (en) Touch-sensitive motion device
TW432310B (en) Handheld computer keyboard system
US20040208681A1 (en) Computer or input device with back side keyboard
US20170329517A1 (en) Keyboard and mouse of handheld digital device
WO2014023118A1 (en) Keyboard and mouse of cellular phone
WO2007093057A1 (en) Touch -sensitive motion device
KR20070053797A (en) A keyboard used in the information terminal and arrangement thereof
JP2013089257A (en) Portable electronic equipment
TW201206167A (en) Coordinated virtual input system
CN102508553A (en) Technology for inputting data and instructions into electronic product by hands
Ren et al. Towards the design of effective freehand gestural interaction for interactive TV
Findlater et al. From plastic to pixels: in search of touch-typing touchscreen keyboards
WO2008148252A1 (en) Dual-sided keyboard module
Goguey et al. Leveraging finger identification to integrate multi-touch command selection and parameter manipulation
US20080024957A1 (en) Portable apparatus with thumb control interface
JP2003058305A (en) Character input system, integrated input key, compact personal computer, keyboard and mouse
CN101083674A (en) Method for integrating mobile phone and computer
CN205594588U (en) Ergonomic keyboard
TWM375928U (en) Keyboard
JP2004185164A (en) Portable electronic equipment
JP2003150299A (en) Input device with one-hand operation
Chin Examining the User Satisfaction on Web APP in LUI, PUI, and GUI

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11826401

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 05/08/2013)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11826401

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1